East Midlands Regional Spatial Strategy annual monitoring report 2005/06

February 2007 East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 3 foreword the East Midlands Body (RPB) and as Regional Planning Assembly Regional visory other RSS Advisory and Group Groups.

idlands (RSS8) which was published in Marchidlands (RSS8) which 2005. his is the fifth Regional Spatial Strategy (RSS) Annual Monitoring Report (RSS) Annual Monitoring his is the fifth Strategy Regional Spatial produced he Reportthe partnership builds on four the previous working established for ounds of annual monitoring, undertaken work with much of the technical by T by East the for within the first Regional Spatial Strategy contained polices monitors M T r Midlands, East Intelligence and Review Monitoring the Assembly’s by overseen Ad In the context of the new planning system, on delivery with its focus of sustainable and sustainable communities,development takes monitoring on an added importance in providing a check on whether those aims are being achieved.importance on whether those aims are a check in providing An important of the aspect components is the flexibility update of these arrangements to rnment (CLG) on the development and collection of indicators and data and is playing its and collection and data and is playing of indicators on the development rnment (CLG) ve be able to undertakebe able to partial reviews, RSS, the entire revising as opposed to RPBs to allows of information, the exchange promote different consistency of some degree between achieve sembly continues to work with local authorities, work to sembly continues partners regional and Local and Communities

ouncillor Jim Harker he Assembly wish to acknowledge the support of the Region’s Planning Authorities and wide and Planning Authorities acknowledge wish to the supporthe Assembly of the Region’s he RSS has a critical interface with national policy, and and local plans strategies other regional echnical expertise have contributed to the production to of this Report.echnical expertise contributed have ange of other data providers who have once again contributed data, again contributed once who have ange of other data providers time and and whose espond quickly to changing priorities for development in their areas.espond quickly development for changing priorities to a will play Monitoring C Chairman of the Regional Housing, Joint Board Transport and Planning part in the drive to secure agreement on data specifications. part agreement secure to in the drive T r t this fifth find Report and I hope you Annual Monitoring RSS the East Midlands for both informative read. to interesting r critical part in identifying these.That part is why of soundness of a RSS is whether there of the test implementation and monitoring. clear mechanisms for are T programmes. with the RSS monitoring coordinating is increasingly Regional Assembly The national, of these strategies, and local monitoring regional plans and programmes.This is helping to requirements. resource activities overall planning and monitoring and reduce It is also assisting understanding of the changes taking in the Region.The gain a greater place to the Assembly As Go RSS to reflectRSS to changing circumstances.The policy on specific sub regional and ability focus areas to to contents

Executive Summary 9

Section 1 - Introduction 12

Section 2 - Key Points and Actions 16

Section 3 - Housing 25

Policy 4 - Promoting Better Design 26 Density of new housing Energy efficient construction Crime rates Improvements in open space

Policy 17 - Regional Housing Provision 29 Housing trajectories Vacant dwellings by tenure

Policy 18 - Regional Priorities for Affordable Housing 33 Affordable housing completions by Local Authority areas Ratio of wage rates and housing costs

Policy 19 - Regional Priorities for Managing the Release of Land for Housing 35 Phasing policies in place in Local Development Documents

Policy 20 - A Regional Target for Re-using Previously Developed Land 36 and Buildings for Housing Proportion of housing completions achieved on previously developed land or through conversions

Section 4 - Economy 38

Policy 2 - Locational Priorities for Development 42 % New development on previously developed land

Policy 3 - Sustainability Criteria 45 Number of development plans containing appropriate policies

Policy 6 - Regional Priorities for Development in Rural Areas 45 Numbers in employment in rural areas

Policy 21- Regional Priority Areas for Regeneration 47 Net change in land and floorspace developed for employment by type Indices of Multiple Deprivation

Policy 22- Regional Priorities for Employment Land 49 Net change in office and industrial land / floorspace and proportion on Annual Monitoring ReportAnnual Monitoring 2005/06 previously developed land Employment land supply by type Private sector view East Midlands Regional Spatial Strategy East Midlands Regional Spatial 4 East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 5 72 ess to urban waterfrontsess to c oportion services high-speed broadband to with access of region ases of damage to natural and cultural assets and compensatory and cultural natural measures ases of damage to isitor spending in region in region spending isitor olicy 27 - Protecting and Enhancing the Region’s Natural and Cultural Assets and Cultural Natural olicy 27 - Protecting Enhancing the Region’s and Biodiversity Enhancing the Region’s olicy for 28 - Priorities 77 CoverWoodland Increasing for Target olicy 29 - A Regional and Management the olicy for 30 - Priorities 79 the Historic Environmentolicy for 31 - Regional Priorities Sportsolicy facilities for 32 - Regional Priorities and Recreational Environment 82 Water olicy to the 33 - A Regional Approach Corridors River Strategic olicy for 34- Regional Priorities 86 84 83 87 88 olicy 23 - Regional Priorities for Town Centres and Retail Development and Retail Centres Town olicy for - Regional Priorities 23 Diversification Rural olicy for Priorities 24 - Regional 58 Tourism olicy for 25 - Regional Priorities ICTolicy for 26 - Regional Priorities 63 68 71 P C (SSSI) of Special Scientific Interest of land classified as Sites condition in the Improvements P importance, of biodiversity Change in areas including: priority type); habitats and species (by their intrinsic value for designated and areas international, of including sites national, significance or sub-regional regional P created of new woodland Area P Landscape of the Region’s Enhancement Landscape Character Assessments by % Of covered region P buildings at risk Number of listed P P Agency advice contrary Environment Planning permissions granted to P Agency quality water measures Environment Ac habitats and wildlife Biodiversity P retail,Amount of completed local authority by area development and leisure office % Of retail, completed centres in town development and leisure office retail, permissions and allocations for Outstanding planning development and leisure office P startNumber of new business region with ups compared with region of jobs compared Change in number P activities related of jobs in tourist Change in number V in region stays Number of overnight P Pr tion 5- Environment c Se 6 East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 Se Se c c in6-Mnrl,Ageae at 98 Aggregates & Waste tion 6-Minerals, tion 7- Transport C P C P Number ofstrategic floodriskassessmentsundertaken at1%floodrisk Number ofproperties Planning permissionsgranted withSustainableDrainage Schemes(SuDS) on flooddefence grounds toPlanning permissionsgranted Environment contrary advice Agency P by represents% thateachmanagementtype outoftotal waste managed Amount ofcontrolled waste arisingandmanagedby managementtype C P Pr P Pr Pr P Pr Le P P P P P P P routesNumber andlengthofnewcycle provided Journeys madeby cycle pupilsattending schoolswithtravel% Of plans workforce% Of employed by companies withtravel plans Number ofbusinessesandschoolswithtravel plans P unctuality and reliability ofservices andreliability unctuality lc 1 einlPirte o eeal nry1 95 94 92 41-RegionalPriorities forolicy Renewable Energy116 40-RegionalPriorities andEfficiency forolicy Energy Reduction 36-ARegionalApproach toManagingFloodolicy Risk lc 8-Rgoa at taey103 104 100 39-RegionalPriorities forolicy Waste Management 38-Regional olicy Waste Strategy 37-RegionalPriorities forolicy Non-Energy Minerals lc 4-Rgoa rfi rwhRdcin118 118 44-Regional olicy Traffic Growth Reduction 42-Coreolicy Strategy andRegional Transport Objectives lc 7-Rgoa a akn tnad 124 125 120 124 Investment 49-RegionalHeavy Rail olicy Priorities 124 48-ARegionalApproach toDevelopingolicy Public Transport Accessibility Criteria 47-RegionalCar Parkingolicy Standards 46-RegionalPriorities forolicy Parking Levies andRoadUser Charging 45-Behaviouralolicy Change apacity ofadditionalrenewable energyapacity facilities ofadditionalCombinedapacity HeatandPower facilities apacity ofwaste by managementfacilitiesbyapacity type Waste PlanningAuthority oduction ofStrategyoduction aggregates byPlanningAuthority andsecondary Minerals ofrecycled oduction landwon aggregates produced ofprimary by PlanningAuthority oduction Minerals oportion of waste diverted from ofwaste landfill diverted oportion v

W els oftraffic growth aste PlanningAuthority 114 East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 7 133 essibility essential services to areas in rural Technologies & Communications and use of Information ess to el of bus and light rail patronage (number of boardings) patronage rail el of bus and light c c v isitor spending in coastal area area spending in coastal isitor spending isitor olicy 7a- Development in the Eastern Sub-area in olicy 7a- Development Areaolicy Policy 7b- Lincoln in the Eastern Sub-area Peripherality olicy 8 - Overcoming 141 of the Northernolicy 9- Regeneration Sub-area Sub-area in the Peak Development for olicy Priorities 10- Spatial 146 149 145 147 olicy 5 - Concentrating Development in Urban Areas in Urban Development olicy 5 - Concentrating Areasolicy in Rural 6 - Regional Priorities 140 140 olicy 51 - Regional Priorities for Integrating Public Transport Public Integrating olicy for 51 - Regional Priorities Priorities Road Investment Trunk olicy 52 - Regional Priorities Investment olicy Major Highway 53 - Regional Strategy of a Regional Freight olicy 54- Development East Midlands Airport at olicy 55- Development 126 127 129 129 130 olicy 50 - Regional Priorities for Bus and Light Rail Bus and Light olicy Services for Priorities 50 - Regional 125 P in market towns rates Employment in January (measured area in coastal rates and August) Employment V in Gainsborough, of Multiple Deprivation Indices Mablethorpe and Skegness production and distribution food to Change in number of jobs related P Area Number of new houses built in Policy Area % Change in jobs in Policy in City floorspace Centre % Change in retail use of public transport and Area provision in Policy Increase Area in Policy Deprivation of Multiple Indices P Ac P activity% Change in economic rates and employment in Sub-area of Multiple Deprivation Indices P rates Employment houses built Number of new affordable V Change in number of jobs, industries particularly creative to related P P Ac P P killedNumber of people accidents in road injured or seriously P killedNumber of people accidents in road injured or seriously P P % Of East Midlands passengers accessing Airport public transport by P Le tion 8- Sub Areas c Se 8 East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 Ap edx1-Dt ore n eeecs158 pendix 1-Data Sources andReferences V Number ofnewaffordable housesbuilt Employment rates P P regional orsub-regional significance national, areas designated for theirintrinsicvalue includingsites ofinternational, and habitatsandspecies (by type); priority including: Change inareas ofbiodiversity importance, Number ofBlueFlag beaches P Indices ofMultipleDeprivation inSub-area % Increase inretail Centre floorspace inCity % ChangeinjobsSub-area Number ofnewhousesbuiltinSub-area P Number ofjobsintourism related activities P Change innumberofjobs lc 1-SailPirte o eeomn usd h ekDsrc ainlPr 152 11-Spatial Prioritiesolicy for Development outsidethePeak National Park District lc 3-Sbae rnpr betvs157 157 153 43-Sub-area olicy Transport Objectives 152 35-Priorities forolicy theManagement oftheLincolnshire Coast 15-Developmentolicy inthe Three CitiesSub-area 12-Managing olicy Tourism and Visitors inthePeak Sub-area isitor spending East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 9 SUMMARY executive executive egion leading to stagnant or only slightly increasing rents. stagnant or only slightly increasing egion leading to age in the East Midlands, in non Objective 2 areas. of development is on a par with the amount dable housing completions in the East Midlands have increased from 1,534 in 2003/04 and 1,406 in 2004/05 1,534 in 2003/04 and 1,406 in from increased in the East Midlandsdable housing completions have r r etail, and factories, offices this is a small decline. although in the case of offices onomy 2,079 in 2005/06. the target, Although still below made. has been progress r ve fo

ean house prices across the East Midlands did not change significantly in 2006 compared to 2005, the East Midlands to across ean house prices not change significantly in 2006 compared did a following is noteworthy that for the third consecutive year, consecutive the third that for is noteworthy than 42% of new business start-ups more in district occurred espite the continuing decline in the numbers employed in the Region’s primary industries, in the Region’s decline in the numbers employed the continuing espite to is evidence there

here continues to be an increase, to continues here 2004 and 2005 data, comparing to committed in the amount of floor space he retail sectorhe retail in the East Midlands, of the UK, as in the rest been have and there a difficult year experienced he amount of brownfield development in 2005/6 was 204.1 hectares, development he amount of brownfield most notably in Derbyshire, to compared here is a significant difference between data on the proportion on previously between of new housing developed is a significant difference here he overall percentage of dwellings that were vacant in 2005/06 in the East Midlands similar to at 3.2% remains vacant were that of dwellings percentage he overall he number of housing completions in 2005/06 (and the average annual number of completions) in all areas annual number of completions) (and the average in 2005/06 completions he number of housing his year’s AMR is divided into 6 topic sections, 6 topic AMR is divided into his year’s a summary below: of each is provided his report Report Monitoring the 2005/06 Annual presents East Midlands.The the (AMR) for is of crucial AMR ouncil areas defined as the most rural. ouncil areas elatively few new entrants into the R into new entrants few elatively c D succeeding. are economy of the rural and development diversification the towards suggest that policies geared It warehousing in the East Midlands,warehousing particularly in Northamptonshire.There committed declines in floor space are to T r T 172.7 and 85.0 hectares reported reports in the 2004/5 and 2003/04 monitoring respectively. Data on the proportion as an alternative occurring in Objective 2 ESF/ERDF funded areas of development in such areas, the amount of development indicate appears to area of a deprived measure their land given co T Ec developed land.developed data, (CLG) Based on Department Government and Local of Communities the East Midlands has land in England, developed on previously of housing developed percentage the lowest the below and it remains 60% target. began, monitoring since considerably improved Based on the local authority have data the figures running. year the second for this target and exceed M rises. significant price that saw number of years T to that for the previous four years. four the previous that for 79,517 in with outstanding planning permissions in the East Midlands from an increase New dwellings shows 93,821 in 2006. 2005 to Af except Northamptonshire are above the current annual average requirement to meet 2021 targets. meet to requirement annual average the current Northamptonshire above are except T In the East Midlands 1994 and the density per hectare since rising steadily has been of new dwellings of 38 the 2005 figure to the density hectare per 2003 where compared was 26 dwellings significantly since hectare. per dwellings T Housing importance Spatial Strategy. of the Regional the future to implemented, are RSSs As monitoring it is only through and analysis of performance at the local level,Frameworks, Development documents such as Local through that been realised. and policies have the spatial strategy which to the degree made as to an assessment can be T T 10 East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 atMdad o adadgae hudb 10mlintne M)aya n o adwncuhdrc,34.9 ayear andfor for landwon crushedrock, sandandgravelEast Midlands shouldbe11.0milliontonnes (MT) T M Wa represents asignificantfall. In2003/04itwas133.This grounds was20in2004/05. T As Environment As t Lincolnshire andDerbyshire (interms ofthenumbersemployed) of andinRutland(interms oftheproportion T ze shows asubstantialdeclinecompared to previously available dataandwell ontheway to meetingthe target of T last year. Seven hadbeenremoved andsixaddedto theregister from compared torisk intheEastMidlands 134in2005. English Heritage’s in2006recorded Register ofBuildingsatRisk 133entriesofGrade IandII*listed buildingsat underway. withanumberofstudies place andthatotherlocalauthoritieswere atdifferent stagesofdevelopment, inFebruary/March 2006showingsurvey Assessment that17localauthoritieshadaLandscapeCharacter (LCA) in Information Assessments onLandscapeCharacter hasbeenprovided a by Natural Englandwhoundertook target setoutinthecurrent RSSof65,000haby 2021. figure for oftherate thisyear issignificantbutfallswellrequired short to meetthe perannum.The hectares Ov decrease sothatthepopulationoffarmlandbirds isnearlythesameasthatin1994. M T favourable orunfavourable recovering stilllagsbehindthenationasawhole. -theEastMidlands 73%oftheSSSIareas were classedas 2006, asofSeptember InEngland, favourable orunfavourable recovering. thisisincreasing. UK, asintherest ofthe ismore difficultto measurethe broadband butqualitative services evidence suggeststhat, of take-up The actual sparsely populated areas hadaccess three to of2004). broadband (upfrom 94%inquarter this renewable energy are otherbio-fuelsandlandfill. The mainsources of 400 GWhwere generated from renewable resources compared to over 600GWhin2005. T the 2010target of511MWe. to T biological standards since 1990. tljb) butwithsignificantnumbersofjobsthroughout theRegion. otal jobs), ourism remains an important source of employment for the East Midlands, particularly inNottinghamshire, particularly source ofemploymentourism remains for animportant theEastMidlands, he nationalandregional guidelinesfor aggregate provision indicate thattheaverage inthe annualproduction he total to numberofplanningpermissionsgranted Environment contrary advice onfloodrisk Agency he data on planning permissions granted contrary tohe dataonplanningpermissionsgranted Environment contrary advice grounds onwater Agency quality showedhe 2004/05monitoring adecrease report of95inthepopulationfarmlard speciesintheEast eRgo smkn taypors ngnrtn lcrct rmrnwbersucs In2002approximately steady from progress renewable resources. he Regionismaking ingenerating electricity ofCombinedhe capacity HeatandPower in2005was234MWe (CHP)facilitiesintheEastMidlands compared dad ewe 94ad20.The latest datacomparing theperiod 1994to 2004shows areversal ofthis idlands between 1994and2003.

ro

nrl,Aggregates & Waste inerals, 3Mei 04 hsrpeet eln ncpct rm24W n20.The region isonly50%towards This represents from 244MWe adeclineincapacity in 2003. 233MWe in2004. er thelastdecaderate through ofwoodland grant hasbeenbetween creation supported 500and850 fSpebr20,68%oftheSites were ofSpecialScientificInterest (SSSI)intheEastMidlands classedas 2006, of September households(99.9%)including thoseinrural and of2005nearlyallEastMidlands quarter of thefourth t er Quality in the East Midlands hasshown asignificantimprovement intheEastMidlands er Quality interms ofboth chemicaland

permissions granted. East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 11 ansport idlands had travel plans in place compared to 168 in 2004/05 representing an increase of approximately 66%. of approximately an increase 168 in 2004/05 representing to compared plans in place idlands had travel he number of new houses built in the Three Cities Sub-area increased from 8,077 in 2004/05 to 8,453 in 8,077 in 2004/05 to from increased Cities Sub-area Three he number of new houses built in the he Northern Sub-Regional Strategy has now been prepared and is included in the Draft Regional Plan. he Northern been prepared has now Strategy Sub-Regional he Lincoln Policy Area Sub-Regional Strategy has now been prepared and is included in the Draft and is included in the Regional Plan. been prepared has now Strategy Sub-Regional Area Policy he Lincoln here has been a slight increase in visitor spend from 2004 to 2005 in Lincolnshire, 2004 to spend from in visitor has been a slight increase here that for although still below he East Midlands,West, along with the South of 21% on major with an increase in traffic had the highest growth here continues to be an increasing proportion in the be an increasing to that is either recycled or composted continues of household waste here he East Midlands Regional Waste Strategy published in January published Strategy is a key 2006 of Regional Policy, element Waste he East Midlands Regional oads between 1995 and 2005.oads between in the East Midlands in 2005 was kilometres number of vehicle travelled The emaining below the guideline figure. the guideline emaining below to (compared in 2004 was 10.2MT sand and gravel for Sales information 2005/06. Cities Three a small decline within the 2001 and 2005 shows change between floorspace Although data on retail Sub-area, in Leicester, underway currently commence are or soon to developments major retail and Derby Nottingham. • Peak Sub Area • Peak land. developed on previously built in 2005/06 of which 42% were were 109 new dwellings an occupancy been tied to restriction.The have the past 15 years over completed dwellings 28% of residential proportion 2005/06 was 39%. for • 3 Cities Sub Area T • Northern Sub Area and Mansfield activity the local authority in the Northern areas of Bolsover have Sub-area With the exception the East Midlands that for as a whole. similar to rates and employment T 2003. Area Policy • Lincoln T Sub-Areas • Eastern Sub Area as a whole. Lincolnshire those for similar to local authority were in coastal areas rates Employment T 40,633 million compared to 38,075 million in 2001. to 40,633 million compared with 531 in compared plans in place the East MidlandsIn 2005/06 a minimum of 874 schools in had travel 65%. of approximately an increase 2004/05 representing In 2005/06 a minimum of 279 businesses in the East M r Tr T East Midlands. the in the East Midlands to produced in 2005/06 according waste amount of household total The (32.7%). was recycled or composted of which 713,697 tonnes 2,180,661 tonnes data was best value providing a strategic framework which will allow the Region as a whole to rapidly progress to more sustainable more to progress rapidly to the Region as a whole which will allow framework a strategic providing goods, and consume produce to ways that waste as possible from as much value and then recycle or recover which is produced. T 10.9MT in 2003) again below the guideline annual figure for the East Midlands. for the guideline annual figure below 10.9MT in 2003) again T MT. in 2003) thus 28.5MT to (compared 28.2 were sales of rock that in 2004 shows sales information The r SECTION 1 introduction

1.1 This report presents the 2005/06 Annual analysis of performance at the local level, through Monitoring Report (AMR) for the East Midlands. documents such as Local Development Frameworks, that an assessment can be made as to the degree to 1.2 The East Midlands Regional Assembly which the spatial strategy and policies have been commissioned Intelligence East Midlands (IEM) to realised. The AMR is a statutory document and a work with the Regional Assembly and its Advisory technical report and its value will further increase in Groups to produce this report commencing June the years to come as indicators become standardised 2006. The report is structured in 8 sections and each and consistently collected and data is built up to section presents the following: allow trends over time to be recorded and analysed. Trends will give a clear indication of policy areas in • Section 1: Introduction to the report, context which progress is being made and where for the AMR and key background intervention may be required. information referring to the 1.5 The AMR needs to be prepared in a systematic collection of relevant data for and structured way. Wherever possible data within this report the report relates to the 1 April to 31 March financial • Section 2: Key Points and Actions year. Some indicators are monitored on a regular basis and others on a less frequent • Section 3: Housing basis. This envisages some • Section 4: Economy - covering employment, indicators being monitored leisure and retail issues annually and others being • Section 5: Environment monitored on no less than a triennial basis as • Section 6: Minerals, Aggregates and Waste part of a more • Section 7: Transport comprehensive monitoring process. • Section 8: Sub Areas 1.6 The AMR should be prepared by the Context for the 2005/06 end of February of the following year to which Annual Monitoring Report it applies and is 1.3 Communities and Local Government (CLG) published following requires all Regional Planning Bodies (RPBs) to have approval by the members robust mechanisms for monitoring and reviewing of the Regional Housing, their Regional Spatial Strategy (RSS). Now that the Planning & Transport Joint Board. RSS has replaced Regional Planning Guidance (RPG), It is then circulated to all libraries and delivery will be through a wide range of other local authorities in the Region, the bodies.This presents further challenges, in particular Government Office for the East Midlands and partner the need to scrutinise policies through a greater organisations as appropriate. number of plans and strategies. A formal process The 2005/06 Annual Monitoring Report needs to develop for this to be done, particularly through the consultation arrangements for these for the East Midlands

Annual Monitoring ReportAnnual Monitoring 2005/06 plans and strategies. 1.7 The East Midlands Regional Assembly, in its role 1.4 The AMR is of crucial importance to the future of as RPB, is required to produce an Annual Monitoring the Regional Spatial Strategy. As RSSs are Report (AMR), which links with the current RSS implemented, it is only through monitoring and (March 2005) and measures the progress of policies contained within it. It is the Regional Spatial Strategy East Midlands Regional Spatial Strategy East Midlands Regional Spatial 12 East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 13 he framework of RSS Indicators and their of RSS Indicators he framework he spatial strategy outlines regional priorities outlines regional he spatial strategy rnment agencies.Where do not indicators particular of development patterns through and transport that make efficient and effective use of existing infrastructure, optimise waste minimisation, use and energy overall reduce energy of renewable maximise the role generation change, climate of future in particular the risk and property life of damage to flooding, from the location and design of especially through new development and standards high environmental achieve optimum social benefits. ntains detailed policies in respect of the region’s T T elopment Form’,which provides a framework for a framework provides elopment Form’,which • To promote the prudent use of resources, promote To • in takeimpact the scale and action reduce to To • to good design in development promote To • local authorities, partner regional or organisations ve v as CONTEXTUAL indicators.as CONTEXTUAL classification of This note that the core strategy within the Revised RSS strategy that the core note

co

ONTEXTUAL should be helpful in achieving ONTEXTUAL elationship to the RSS core objectives are listed at listed objectives are core the RSS elationship to or both urban and rural communities.or both urban and rural It is important indicators as:indicators Regional CORE, and RSS CORE C support the monitoring universal for in the region task ahead. Go a direct of an RSS policy measure provide but referred these are information background provide to 5 Sub-areas (Eastern,5 Sub-areas Northern, Peak, Southern and the RSS. context a for provide to Cities) Three the 1.9 r the start of each section which they apply.These to for Output Indicators include the Core indicators in conjunction CLG up by Regional Planning drawn with RPBs. been identified, Other have indicators core collected and established already of which are many by 1.8 f to ‘Sequential to Approach is based on the De needs in a way development meeting the Region’s of development. sustainable patterns that promotes It .To 1 ailability of good quality designed well cling and the use of high quality public ompetitiveness egeneration of disadvantaged areas and areas of disadvantaged egeneration inequalities in the educing regional or example through improved air quality, improved or example through the services developing the Region by across transport,integrated the ensuring of opportunities walking, for improvement cy transport significant harm avoiding by environment mitigation where and securing adequate appropriate, conservation, the promote and to enhancement, use and management sensitive assets and cultural natural of the Region’s biodiversity, managing by of the Region’s level gains secure habitats to and developing possible,wherever and ensuring no net loss of priority habitats and species r r distribution of employment, housing, health and other community facilities and rural in urban quality of the environment and attractive make so as to them safe areas and work live to places f av and recreation leisure to housing and access facilities opportunitiesemployment regional and c • To improve accessibility to jobs, accessibility to improve To and • homes protection of the effective achieve To • in the change increase bring about a step To • Regional Core Objectives Regional Core social exclusion, address To • the through the possible enhance protect and where To • residents, the health of the Region’s improve To • prosperity, economic improve and promote To • oposed Changes (July 2004),was 2005. published in March changes resulting from the consideration It incorporates The final version of the revised RSS for the East Midlands,takesThe final version on the draft of all representations received account translate the RSS into a focused strategy, a focused the RSS into translate sets 10 RSS Region: of the the spatial development objectives for (formerly RPG8) that sets out a broad development out a broad RPG8) that sets (formerly the East Midlands 2021 for up to framework 1 Pr MKSM Sub-Regional on the draft Examination as well as the public consultation of issues arising from a Public Strategy,of in place. are now monitoring arrangements which separate 14 East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 • • • • thefollowingGroup andhave tasks: undertaken M M 1.11 figures may notalways bepossible. to monitoring informationnon-local authority relating and completed adatabaseto capture alllocaland developed IEMhasdesigned, information database. De r Review ofAMRdocumentsproduced by other and regional datasets. c C appropriate. councilsthen distributed as theseto district c to county waste andtransport) environment, economy, questionnaires were distributed (housing, Five questionnaires completed by Local Authorities. C egions. idlands RegionalMonitoring andReviewAdvisory withtheEast idlands worked inconjunction nutto,interrogation andcollation ofnational onsultation, County Councils authorities. ouncils andunitary ollection of non-local authority datathrough ofnon-localauthority ollection ofLocal Authorityollection datausing

the RSS. v elopment ofacomprehensive management To c

omparisons withearlieryear’s and facts rdc h 050 M,Intelligence East produce the2005/06AMR, D sieti,insomeinstances espite this, ability to monitorability trends over time. 1.10 to Statement (AMS)orReport c

ensure andthe continuity onsistent withearlierrounds (AMR) hasbeenproduced monitoring waskept ic ac 03 thisbeing since 2003; March although where possible An AnnualMonitoring h it uhrpr.Each suchreport. the fifth Regional SpatialStrategy, AMR hasattempted to Planning Guidance or re appropriate Regional co rd

the situationfor the fo co t wording orthe eitherbecauseofpolicy was doubtful, addition therelevance ofsomeindicators to policies av Experience alsoshowed thatthetimelinessand sources hasalsooccasionallybeendifficultto collect. believed to beavailable from regional ornational Data whichwasinitially challenging for allinvolved. P plusthe councils, and6county the 39district/city consistent collecting datafrom around theRegion, 1.12 information. made attheappropriate level the to collect arrangements can be and where notalready inplace, is ensuringtheindicator framework isstrengthened GroupsMonitoring &ReviewandotherRSSAdvisory betweenjoint working theAssembly andthe Continuing retail andleisure monitoring. floorspace, around employment landand c r notall However, achievement. a significant which marks achieved was rate r 100% time a the first for 2006, in August A Planning Local to which were sent questionnaires 1.13 summarised intherelevant ofthereport. sections esponses were esponse enuous link between the two.These matters enuous linkbetween thetwo.These mlt,particularly omplete, a ititNtoa akAtoiy hasproved NationalParkeak District Authority, uthorities rw iaiiyo oedt a o aifcoy In ofsomedatawasnotsatisfactory. ailability ntinue to beaddressed astheprocess moves ard year on year. Key issuessurrounding Key dataare ard year onyear. Due to differing arrangements datacollection Out ofthe5 East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 15 Moving in right direction in right or Moving target towards change No significant from direction in wrong or away Moving target data Insufficient e following symbols are used within the used within are symbols e following Th y to symbols 1.16 Implementation Chart at the beginning of each topic being made on each summarise progress to chapter RSS policy: Ke he report comments from has also benefited In addition, key partners data who provided T eived during the following Advisory Group during the following eived eetings attended by IEM: by eetings attended c and Rural Affairs and Rural • Department for Transport • Department for • East Midlands Authorities Local Food • Department Environment for • The Forestry Commission Forestry The • Agency • East Midlands Development • Natural England • Natural • English Heritage 1.15 included: • The Environment Agency • Transport Advisory • Transport Group • Regional Technical Advisory Body on Waste Waste Advisory Body on Technical • Regional Advisory Group • Monitoring and Review • Environment Advisory Group • Environment • Housing Advisory Group re M Advisory Group Economy • Spatial 1.14 SECTION 2 key points and actions

INTRODUCTION 2.1 A key requirement of a regional monitoring report is to assess the progress made in the policy areas contained within the RSS and to identify actions required to address any shortcomings.This section considers the principal key points and actions resulting from each section of the report. 2.2 Included in this section are: • Key points and actions for this (2005/6) monitoring report, • Progress on actions arising from the 2004/5 monitoring report (comments made at the Joint Housing, Planning & Transport Board and actions arising from the main report), • Report on the conformity of plans, local development frameworks and significant development applications with the Regional Spatial Strategy.

Key Points and Actions from the 2005/6 Annual Monitoring Report 2.3 The key points below are selected from later sections. SECTION 3 Housing Key Points Actions Housing Provision is above target everywhere Figures need to be considered in the context of except Northamptonshire the draft Regional Plan and need to look at methodology for calculating trajectories

Affordable housing provision remains The RPB and its partners should support the significantly below target ongoing work on the ten Housing Market Assessments which are reviewing the issue of affordability and affordable housing targets

SECTION 4 Economy Key Points Actions A study of employment land provision comparing The conclusions of the Employment Land forecast future requirements and current supply has Provision Study, as developed through the RSS, been undertaken in order to propose indicative should be used to develop local and joint land requirements to inform the emerging RSS.The studies to inform Local Development final report was published in December 2006; Framework (LDF) preparation amongst other things it recommends that local employment land reviews should be undertaken, perhaps by local authorities working jointly across Annual Monitoring ReportAnnual Monitoring 2005/06 Housing Market Areas (HMAs), in order to develop the overall conclusions of the study East Midlands Regional Spatial Strategy East Midlands Regional Spatial 16 East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 17 elopment Agency the relevant (emda) and el of the Environmental Stewardship el of the Environmental ther significant region-wide positive change positive ther significant region-wide v ntinuous assessment by Natural England Natural ntinuous assessment by tions tions r v efra’s Countryside agri- Stewardship efra’s he Regional Assembly, East Midlands seen as a be to should continue his work Regional county out to can be rolled his work obby CLG,obby the Department Environment for ood and Rural Affairs (defra) & the European (defra) Affairs ood and Rural egional priority with progress closely egional priority with progress be identified to egional mechanisms need to Ac Co helps the East Midlands Regional Assembly its action(EMRA) target nationally for targets EMRA has set milestone 2010, to each year its aims achieve to in order L F support maintain grant Union to Fu index is not likelyin the farmland bird to has been widespread happen until there implementation of the new agri-environment schemes D scheme,environment the Entry and Higher Le scheme, has been implemented, with particularly to of take-up compared high rates other regions; biodiversity these will show time benefits over Ac T De public sectorlocal authorities and are bodies and implementing developing already of offer the regional improve to strategies objectives. meet regional to sites employment T r monitored T partners as an example of good practice; r this achieve Environment the uncertainty over future ESA grant supportthe uncertainty grant ESA future over y Points y Points

he population of both farmland and woodland he population of both farmland and woodland he Moors for the Future project has improved project has improved the Future he Moors for he Strategic Distribution Study confirmed the the Study confirmed Distribution he Strategic eicestershire County Council is a lead partner Council County on a eicestershire onditions but the programme is in jeopardy due is in jeopardy onditions but the programme emaining significantly above the 1994 recorded the 1994 recorded emaining significantly above T increases, show birds with the recorded to almost returning populations of farmland birds birds woodland and those for their 1994 levels r population T c to Ke 72% of SSSIs were District National Park In the Peak condition,in unfavourable 42% to in comparison nationally L support schemes to the rural number of innovative economy Ke T importance of the distribution sector the to of the East Midlands,economy particularly in the and within partssouth of the region of the Northern Sub-area SECTION 5 18 East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 SECTION 6 the largest suppliers r T Ke co Ta Ke the targets willbemet thatall energy generation andthere isuncertainty T year to inthenext increaseis expected markedly wind development andthenumberofinstallations T developments whichcontained SuDS planning permissionwasgranted for 13 inall Sustainable Drainage Schemes(SuDS); Only 6localauthoritiessuppliedfigures on development proposals inrelation to floodrisk to better understated andrespond to planned, A A significantnumberofStrategic Flood Risk granted the way to meetingthetarget ofzero permissions grounds show asubstantialdeclineandwell on Environment advice onwater Agency quality toPlanning permissionsgranted contrary across theRegion equirement for aggregates provision andisoneof he Region accepted the national apportioned he Regionaccepted thenationalapportioned he region haschallengingtargets for renewable he region hasseenmuchincreased interest in ssmnshv ihrbe netkn orare ssessments have eitherbeenundertaken, ke ve y Points y Points

r up of Landscape Character Assessmentup ofLandscapeCharacter age hasnow madesignificantprogress ieas Aggregates & Waste Minerals, in sustainableaggregate provision aggregates willcontinue to play agrowing part c co T Ac Regional Plan ensure increased implementationthrough the isrequired Action to engage localauthorities. SuDS stillappearsto beanissuethatdoesnot needsto beestablishedineachcase in PPS25, assetout Environment inthesestudies, Agency r whichare the Strategic Flood Assessments, Risk Pr widely O detailed SPDsfor useby Development Control Wo (SPDs). Planning Documents Supplementary Lo T Ac sosblt flclatoiis therole ofthe oflocalauthorities; esponsibility niee.The role andsecondary ofrecycled onsidered. he environmental oftheRegionto capacity here isaneedfor criteria basedpoliciesin fficers.This work needsreplicating more fficers.This ogress isbeingmadeonundertaking ntinue to supplynationalneedshasto be cal Development Documents and cal Development Documents tions tions rk hasbeendoneintheRegionto develop East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 19 S through development frameworks across frameworks development S through tions tions ntinued implementation of the RWS in these will be important in progress monitor to am systems appear effective but are only but are effective appear am systems

he RWS also address the need to recognises he publication of MPS1 in late 2006 will mean in late he publication of MPS1 eduction in the rate of traffic growth. of traffic eduction in the rate Other egionally significant minerals against the against minerals egionally significant implementing the spatial dimensions of the implementing the spatial RW the region T industrial sector and and the commercial co sustainable is importantother areas if overall be achieved management is to waste Ac Existing actions not achieving significant are r and parking like user charging measures road be investigated levies need to Tr cities.There in major appropriate is a need to very of achieving ways significant find effective in bus use elsewhere growth Ac T of RSS policy revision consider should that any of a range for available resources the mineral r of supply patterns existing and future It ansport Tr y Points y Points er the past year wards a slight increase in public transport a slight increase wards usage he East Midlands Regional Waste Strategy (RWS) Strategy Waste he East Midlands Regional he supply of aggregates is lower than the lower is he supply of aggregates has contributed system Tram he Nottingham omposed in the East Midlands, suggesting a 32.7% of household waste is now recycled or is now 32.7% of household waste c in the right direction and significant movement and been achieved that short have targets term achievable are targets that longer term T was published in January 2006 Ke T apportionment figure; of a trend this continues the past 5 years production over lower T to ov Ke grow to continues Road traffic SECTION 7 20 East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 action andresponse: action 2.5 4th RSSAnnualMonitoring Report. 2.4 & Transport comments: Board Pr SECTION 8 geso cin rsn rmte20/ oioigrpr:JitPann,Housing Joint Planning, arisingfrom the2004/5monitoring report: ogress onactions Sub-area 2006) hasbeenlaunched(September implementation framework for the Three Cities sub-regional spatialstrategyA newdraft and Three CitiesSub-area: be publishedin2007 T P area 2006) hasbeenlaunched(September implementation framework Sub- for theNorthern sub-regional spatialstrategyA newdraft and Sub-area: Northern Area 2006) hasbeenlaunched(September implementation framework for theLincoln Policy sub-regional spatialstrategyA newdraft and Lincoln Policy Area: Ke the draft EMA Masterplan the draft Suggested usingthestatisticsinresponse to c especiallyin need for better publictransport M M At onnection with East Midlands Airport (EMA). Airport withEastMidlands onnection eak Sub-area: he newNationalPark Planisdueto Management embers considered thattheAMRshowed the y Points embers made several comments; which were forwarded to ODPM (now CLG).The following required some whichwere to forwarded ODPM(now CLG).The embers madeseveral comments;

h einlHuig Planning and Transport Board meetingof16February 2006membersreceived the the RegionalHousing, Sub-Areas Ke y Points progress to bemeasured that monitoring regimes are setupto enable spatial strategy isnotonlyimplemented but willneedto ensure the partners other key T c f T progress to bemeasured that monitoring regimes are setupto enable spatial strategy is notonlyimplemented but willneedto ensure the partners other key T progress to bemeasured that monitoring regimes are setupto enable spatial strategy is notonlyimplemented but willneedto ensure the partners other key T Ac has a very proactive surface access strategy proactive surface has avery EMA Inaddition, from thenationalrail network. whichwillprovide goodaccess to EMA 2007, adjacent to EMAisdueto 8 openonDecember line Main parkway stationontheMidland A Leicester andelsewhere. Nottingham, buslinksfrom quality linkse.g. transport EMA hasdonemuchto promote newpublic Inaddition, RSS. anddraft the EMAMasterplan f T or partners to work together toor partners ensure the or better public transport access asstated in or better publictransport onservation oftheParkonservation for future generations eAsml,relevant localauthoritiesand he Assembly, emphasisontheneed he Planplaces further relevant localauthoritiesand he Assembly, relevant localauthoritiesand he Assembly, he Assembly andEMAbothaccept theneed tions East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 21 rnment Office for the East Midlandsrnment Office for ve idland Mainline Parkway Station idland Mainline Parkway asterplan, station, Corby service a new from he response to this comment from the from this comment to he response he Government, and local agencies regional he proportion the East Midlands use in of rail in the MKSM being addressed hese issues are und (C-TIF) to develop a substantive road a substantive develop und (C-TIF) to emain acutely aware of the growth in traffic in in traffic of the growth aware emain acutely T Go in the 2004/05 that the evidence indicated such a shift.AMR did not point to AMRs Future obtain furthermay data T r the region. Cities’ Three the of success The a pump priming award authorities in getting Innovation -Transport the Congestion from F as is is noteworthy pricing proposal and in getting lines two success Nottingham’s other cities when of the NET approved three extend to been unable tram their have networks T of transport other modes to when compared low.has been historically is partly This a due to conurbations.lack of large However, much is of rail levels ensure happening in the Region to use will rise e.g. Nottingham Station M and the opening of Leeds Nottingham to M T ReportAnnual Monitoring growth in road traffic could be used to get the be used to could traffic in road growth embers suggested there was scope to use the to scope was there embers suggested embers referred to the problem of the Milton the problem to embers referred embers highlighted the issue of rail links in the of rail the issue embers highlighted he 2004/5 Annual Monitoring Reporthe 2004/5 Annual Monitoring set out actions in Section 2, in be incorporated of which would many g. T or employment development,or employment or lower Investigate whether the use of previously whether the use of previously Investigate housing is either giving land (pdl) for developed land of greenfield use greater a shiftrise to towards f in certain levels accommodation types of pdl development, principally in city centres M in the 4th AMR proactively presented information e. M Keynes & South Midlands (MKSM) Sub-Regional being infrastructure-led over and the issue Strategy the Planning-gain Supplement M East Midlands. message to Government about not being Government message to in managing demand successful ogress on actions Monitoring Reportogress the 2004/5 Annual from arising 2.6 Pr of the Assembly.The or in the ongoing work of the Regional Spatial Strategy the review actions remaining are below:listed 22 East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 Fu needs to be undertaken onhow itisimplemented needs to beundertaken water environment 25years for andwork the next driver for andimprovement theprotection ofthe T c information onmajordevelopments already Va Information from nationalsources suchasthe uponinfuture AMRs.facilities canbereported of proposed anddeveloped retail andleisure toand practices ensure thatthesequential location Lo priorities will helpdevelop sector key the region willrequire anemphasisonsites which ofsites across portfolio sites to beimproved.The for theregional offernecessary ofemployment forobjectives economic development itwillbe In order to meettheRegionalEconomic Strategy’s (GIS) plotting excluded Information viaGeographical Systems which individualsites canbeeitherincludedor of thepreferred areas for regeneration against shouldprovide asinglecleardefinition authorities, T of significantdeprivation needed to address urban/rural disparitiesandareas ollected through localplanningauthorities ollected he EU Water Framework Directive willbeakey indiscussionwiththelocal he RegionalAssembly, r luation Office willbeusedto enhanceluation Office the cal Authorities are urged to putinplace systems ther research withemdais andjointworking addang,landscape andbiodiversity land drainage, A catchment area hasbeenpublishedby the Region’s by soilsandtheirvulnerability Astudyofthe which theRegionisrepresented. Ri T T monitored r T employment sites to meetregional objectives. strategies to improve theregional offer of already developing andimplementing bodiesare local authoritiesandpublicsector T in place r to establishanddefinemany preparation, Wo East Midlands De oftheRural to assistdelivery rural areas, environmental andsocio-economic needin highlightingareas of Implementation Plan, theRegional Natural Englandto support base wasproduced withassistance from evidence Ashorter out urban/rural disparities. whichdraws evidence baseto accompany it, aswell asproducing an the Rural Plan, Action Rural Affairs Forum of (EMRAF)inthedrafting emda egional priority withprogressegional priority closely egional spatialboundarieswhere notalready his year theEnvironment hassetup Agency contains anupdate onprogresshis report his work should continue to beseen asa he RegionalAssembly, ssembly as part ofthestudyprogramme on ssembly aspart v v er Basin Management LiaisonPanelser BasinManagement on rk is in progress, as part oftheRegionalPlan aspart rk isinprogress, elopment Programme for Englandinthe has been supporting theEastMidlands has beensupporting emda and therelevant East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 23 define their own accessibility criteria define their own

is now felt to be a matter for local authorities for be a matter to felt is now

ee previous actionee previous he publication the Regional Biodiversity he publication the Regional of a Group bringing together are he Assembly Advisory has Group he Regional Environment his report on progress an update contains onsidering these matters as partonsidering these matters of their work to T Back on the Map’Wildlife ‘Putting (May Strategy assists this action,2006) greatly particularly priority biodiversity with its identified regional areas T look at to experts monitoring in environmental these can be addressed gaps and how T lookingestablished sub-groups at regional landscapes and data needs, are which c action).(see also previous S T It age of Historic Landscape Characterisation age of Historic r y (RAWP).This future for be addressed needs to elopment Service) sub regional and identifying rk needs to be undertakenrk needs to to level at regional v rt ve wards reducing carbon emissions.The reducing wards provision uthorities or the Regional Aggregates Working uthorities or the Regional Aggregates here would appear to be a case for having be a case for appear to would here he region should look at identifying a wider range should look at identifying he region the monitoring should consider he Assembly he region could help implement the new defra could he region onformity role of the Assembly role onformity One issue identified in the previous Annual Monitoring Report Annual Monitoring One issue identified in the previous which the Regional was highlighted T take that could into national accessibility criteria factors specific regional account monitoring cyclesmonitoring Studies.There an consider is also a need to the detailed Landscape from which stems indicator prepared being are that Character Assessments assess characteristic used to and the region across the as informing changes in landscape as well landscape enhancement of regional targeting opportunities.This of the way be by may c Wo based (on criteria detailed assistance develop Documents) Development so that policies in Local planning permission requiring developments landscape character protect and enhance workings of mineral on the restoration Information either the Mineralis not collected by Planning A Pa areas for key bird species and promoting or species and promoting keybird for areas initiatives targeted new or developing T progress the overall monitor better to of indicators to & Trade quality the Departmentof better data by of Industry will aid this process T co T and developing schemes by agri-environment the (possibly through initiatives promoting Rural defra’s and Forum Regional Biodiversity De y Points identified as actions identified Government for y Points ssembly believed required the view of or action Government. required from ssembly believed 2.7 A Ke 24 East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 A 2.9 development applications withtheRegionalSpatial Strategy Local Development Frameworks andsignificant ontheconformity ofplans, Report 2.8 A Regional to theRegionalAssembly respond hasaduty to these.The Under theregulations, and otherSPDs. Appraisal Scoping Sustainability Reports Statements ofCommunity Involvement, (SPD), Planning Documents Affordable draft HousingSupplementary which includeCore Strategy Issues&Options/Preferred Options, althoughtheAssembly hasbeenconsulted onanumberofLocalhas beennecessary Development Schemes preparation hasnot yet reached thestagewhere formal issueofastatement ofconformity from theAssembly InmostcasesLocal Development Framework (LDF) planning authoritiesthatrequire publicexamination. 2.12 applications perweek duringtheperiod1April2005to 31March 2006). 2.11 timescale agreed upon. anacceptable ifmore timeisneeded, caseofficers discussionsare and, heldwiththelocalauthority cases, Inall large andcomplex anditisnotalways possibleto form aproperly considered response withinthree weeks. 2.10 r A Regional planning applicationsfrom ofconformity theperspective withtheRegionalSpatialStrategy.The esponded to withinthe21day period. ugust 2005 and consequently the Regional Assembly became a statutory consultee on certain types ofmajor types consulteeugust 2005andconsequently oncertain theRegionalAssembly becameastatutory ssembly received 68suchconsultation documentsduring2005/06. tossembly isrequired CLG to report onaregular basisthenumberofapplicationsreceived andthenumber future financial incentives are near required inthevery Tr new legislationorthescrapping ofNewElectricity c ithasbeen targets for renewable energy, Fr T One action from the2004/05AMRisstillawaitingOne action aresponse: oncluded thatiftheregional targets are to bemet dn ragmns(EA,andadditional ading Arrangements (NETA), om themonitoring ofprogress ontheregional he Development Control Provisions ofthePlanning andCompensation 2004cameinto Act force onthe24 T In theperiod2005/0668planningapplicationswere received (approximating to justlessthan1.5major oee,i a enfudta lnigapiain frgoa infcneae almostby definition, ithasbeenfound thatplanningapplicationsofregional significance are, However, he Assembly has a statutory duty to comment duty onlocaldevelopment documentsproducedhe Assembly hasastatutory by local adequate market penetrationadequate market different low carbontechnologies andensure a range the ofdifferent instrumentsto support Energy Reviewhashighlighted are needed.The incentives for ready technologies lessmarket further helped to level theplaying field, thathave Renewable Obligationcertificates, Whilst windtechnology hasbenefited from East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 25 Sources ffice data ffice onsultant’s LA returns LA returns LA returns LA returns C analysis Home O - ess r Prog housing ancy rates ailable ear ollected emain largely Significant progress made towards meeting target Insufficient new data c Burglary rates showed significant fall No measure currently av Small increase previous from y Housing is provision generally target above Vac r unchanged tions ssessments which are reviewing the issue of reviewing ssessments which are he RPB and its partners should support the with he Housing Advisory should work Group igures need to be considered in the context of be considered need to igures get Status Ac for consistent definitions are ensure RPB to 2006/07 F the draft look at to Regional Plan and need trajectories calculating methodology for T Market on the ten Housing ongoing work A housing targets and affordable affordability T in the data understand the differences to CLG SECTION 3 SECTION Tar cal targets Increased densities in line with National Guidance Regional for target provision: 3,950dpa (indicative benchmark) Lo set in LDFs 13,700 dpa (new) Reduction on 2001 existing vacancy stock 0.5% by levels tual ex nt Core / ntextual ntextual Co Regional Core Significant Effect Indicator Co Regional Core Significant Effect Indicator RSS Core RSS Core Co Regional Core Significant Effect Indicator Key areas

dable r Indicators fo ensity of onstruction enure ompletions Housing trajectories Vacant by dwellings t D new housing Energy efficient c Crime rates Improvements in open space Af housing c by LA itle dable olicy r T vision P o fo iorities for esign Better D Housing Pr Housing Pr Af dable housing provision remains significantly remains dable housing provision r y Points cal Authority and CLG data on the use of data on the and CLG cal Authority fo his section provides analysis on the following regional housing related policies contained within RSS8. policies contained housing related regional analysis on the following his section provides T 4 Promoting Lo housing paints land for developed previously the region pictures for different below target below Ke definition used for Need consistency between housing density LDF and RSS monitoring in the processes everywhere target is above Housing Provision Northamptonshire except Af 17 Regional 18 Regional No. olicy P INTRODUCTION 3.1 26 East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 ra The response not allquestionswere fullycompleted. housing questionnaire usedin2005/06was100%, 3.3 definitions. for analignmentof offers theopportunity yearnew RSSwillbeoperating thenthis asofnext Given thata provides acomparative basisover time. c definitionusedin2005/06is housing density The RSS process beinginplace for thepastfive years. withthe the monitoring processes were introduced, becauseofthedifferent timesatwhich arisen inpart This has Spatial Strategy (RSS)monitoring process. monitoring process andthat usedintheRegional intheLocaldensity Development Framework (LDF) example isthedifferent definitionusedfor housing An indicators across different monitoring processes. inthedefinitionsusedforof consistency some 3.2 Data Issues onsistent withthatusedinthepastandhence P te olicy No. 0ARegional 20 19

Although theoverall response rate to the main One issuethathasemerged thisyear isthelack f or the additional questions on types ofpolicies or theadditionalquestionsontypes f Buildings Land and Developed Pr Re-using Ta Housing of Landfor the Release M Pr Regional or Housing eviously anaging r iorities for P get for T olicy olicy itle co through land or developed previously achieved on c housing Pr housing costs rat Ra place inLDDs policies in Phasing ompletions oportion of oportion nv tio ofwage es and Indicators ersions Key Key Co S oe-Not alllocal - RSS Core Core Regional Co txulSimilarpattern ntextual Core / Core nt ex tual 2021 60% by c we r This lower waslessgood. ataround 88%, in place, • Improvements inopenspace • Crimerates • Energy efficient construction ofnewhousing • Density Indicators: • Increased densitiesinlinewithNationalGuidance Ta spaces andimprovements inopen of development; ofcrimeinnew areas andthereduction efficiency toallow designandconstruction energy housing; theincreased ofnew density improved through: Standards shouldbe ofdesignandconstruction P Tar esponse rate bebecausethequestions may inpart ompleted. olicy 4: olicy r re gets: e Status get

asked after theinitialquestionnaire after hadbeen asked question r authorities Pr y to sources centr A from Local emerging Mix esponded to ear uthority and uthority

omoting BetterDesign previous ed picture al data Prog r ess Plans De Survey Earnings & New Land Registry CLG LA returns Sources v elopment East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 27 % 77.3 30.7 56.1 24.7 26.3 47.3 94.2 24.5 * 12.7 36.8 No. 341 626 737 449 423 1,361 242 598 * 38 4,815 ompleted above 50 ompleted above New dwellings New c dwellings/ha % 18.8 27.9 42.8 53.8 39.2 39.1 5.1 48.3 * 48.7 40.4 he 2005 density in the East Midlands is T No. 83 569 563 977 632 1,125 13 1,177 * 146 5,285 shows a small increase in density a small increase from of housing shows per hectare was 36 dwellings the figure 2004 where per at 40 dwellings the same (England has remained hectare in 2004 and 2005). 3.5 years, previous for than levels significantly higher 22 in around rising from been slowly which have per hectare. 37 dwellings 1995 to ompleted between ompleted between New dwellings New c 30 and 50 dwellings/ha % 3.9 41.4 1.1 21.5 34.5 13.6 0.8 27.1 * 38.7 22.8 ewash,North Kettering and Kesteven No. 17 843 14 391 556 390 2 661 * 116 2,990 ompleted at less ompleted at New dwellings New c than 30 dwellings/ha ensity of New Housing 2005/06 ensity 2005-06 on Sites of 10 or More Dwellings of New Housing D D - - ensitySignificant Effects of New Housing - ding to provisional Land Use Change Land Use provisional ding to r D co erby erbyshire eak District eicester eicestershire Ac D D L L Lincolnshire Northamptonshire Nottingham Nottinghamshire P Rutland East Midlands issing data for North East Derbyshire,Er able 3.1 able 3.1 * The Peak Park has no sites which fall within the monitoring criteria Park The Peak * Source: Authorities Local M T Source: Authorities Local T Results: Indicator 3.4 Government Local and Statistics/Communities 2005,planning statistics for the East Midlands shows (at 37 slightly below densities of new dwellings hectare) per England (40 the densitydwellings for hectare). per dwellings In the East Midlands this 28 East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 26 dwellings compared perhectare to the(provisional) 2005figure of37dwellings perhectare. new dwellings hasbeenrisingsteadily since perhectare 1994andsignificantlysince was 2003where thedensity of thedensity intheEastMidlands Nevertheless therefore theoutcome year canbeskewed. inany particular changes between singleyears indicator isbasedonwhollycompleted asthedensity schemes(orphases)and at care inlooking needsto betaken However, betweenmost areas 2004/05and2005/06. oftheEastMidlands 3.7 Data Analysis Office Home Source: T Crime Rates least 22authoritieshave suchaimsintheirplans. Not alllocalauthoritiesresponded to thequestionbutfrom lastyear’s thatat (2004/05)responses itisknown 3.6 Energy Efficient Construction * The Peak Park hasnositeswhichfall withinthemonitoringcriteria Local Authorities Source: T able 3.3 able 3.2 England East Midlands Nottinghamshire Northamptonshire Lincolnshire L D East Midlands Rutland P Nottinghamshire Nottingham Northamptonshire Lincolnshire L L D D T In 2005/0650%(18)ofrespondents haddevelopment planscontaining aimsto achieve energy efficiency. eicestershire eicester eicestershire eak District erbyshire erby erbyshire he percentage ofdwellings completed ofover atadensity 30dwellings hasagainincreased in perhectare - CrimeRates2005/06(04/05inbrackets) - Pe rc entage ofNewDwellingscompleted atover 30dph per 1,000pop Burglaries 12 (12) 13 (16) 20 (24) 15 (17) 11 (11) 11 (12) 10 (12) 030 040 2005/06 2004/05 2003/04 47.7 22.0 73.0 54.2 98.6 57.8 17.2 95.6 93.8 23.0 61.6 per 1,000pop Violent crime 23 (23) 21 (21) 24 (22) 19 (20) 17 (18) 25 (26) 18 (19) 100.0 100.0 55.6 27.9 72.2 71.7 22.3 33.3 56.5 59.5 0.0 per 1,000population T heft oforfrom avehicleheft 13 (14) 22 (22) 14 (16) 11 (12) 10 (10) 14 (14) 9 (9) 77.2 61.4 * 72.8 99.2 86.4 65.5 78.5 98.9 58.6 96.1 East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 29 Regional Housing Provision Regional Housing gets: r ilton Keynes & South Midlands ilton Keynes olicy 17: eak District National Park (nominal):eak District Park National 50 eicestershire, and Rutland: Leicester 3150 ollowing annual average rates: annual average ollowing Lincolnshire: with Northamptonshire (consistent M (MKSM) Strategy):Nottingham and Nottinghamshire:P 2450 Ta the period 2001-2021 should for Housing provision per 2750 of 10,950 dwellings rate be made at the average annum in the East Midlands Region.This figure 4975 by Northamptonshire which is covered excludes and monitoring. strategy MKSM sub-regional the For East Midlands as a whole, including Northamptonshire, is 15,925. the figure plan Strategic is also set. housing provision area Indicators: • Housing completions tenure by dwellings Vacant • and supply • Housing provision Results: Housing Completions P each structure for for plan area Housing provision the should be made at the period 2001-2021 f Derbyshire: and Derby L 2550 space have been deleted. have space is data crime rate The contextual,purely in open space and improvements specific or measurable was not a sufficiently indicator. rrently no measure is available for is available no measure rrently he number of plans with policies for energy he number of plans with policies for he trend in densities shows that this aspect shows in densities he trend of er sustainability issues. a result, As the draft In the consultation draftIn the consultation Regional Plan the T T in the most rural counties of Derbyshire, counties in the most rural he burglary in the East Midlands has rate rnment policy consultation issued for guidance v

Cu T re ve co

idlands police force area is Derbyshire 15%; is Derbyshire area force idlands police olicy Commentary olicy implemented. 4 is being successfully is This eicestershire 12%;eicestershire 2%; Lincolnshire Lincolnshire and Rutland. Lincolnshire 3.11 they were efficient constructionreflect recently how drafted. them, plans do have Most recent and this is likely be furthertrend to by encouraged Go especially encouraging as the definition used means especially encouraging planning time lag since is some that there granted.permissions were of percentage The per hectare 30 dwellings at over housing completed Cities,Three but the areas in all is increasing it where 90%. at over was already of percentage lowest The per hectare 30 dwellings at over housing developed we in December 2006. 3.12 3 has been significantly expanded Policy equivalent to specific includes more Implementation Framework efficient construction, on energy indicators and the in open and improvement on crime rates indicators P P 3.10 3.8 declined substantially over the period 2004/05 to over declined substantially 2005/06. in the has been a 14% decrease There a 5% burglary in the East Midlands to compared rate in England.decrease in each of the East decrease The M L Northamptonshire 19%. 12% and Nottinghamshire A decrease, this led to number of factors have not least of this type the targeting of crime by the increased police.preventative and other hardening Target to contributed actions will also have householders by this decline. is likely design of housing be a The to on burglary and will only influence longer term rates a partialhave impact on the short changes term identified above. 3.9 in open space;improvements this is likely require to some assessment of quality quantity as opposed to available. of space 30 East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 F Housing Trajectories Indicator -Significant Effect F * The Peak Park doesnothavinghousingtargets Local Authorities Source: T able 3.4 igure 3.3 igure 3.2 East Midlands National Park P Nottinghamshire Nottingham & Northamptonshire Lincolnshire & Rutland L D is Leicestershire eics, eak District eak District erby &Derbyshire - HousingProvision According totheRegionalSpatialStrategy - Housing Trajectories NetAdditional Dwellings - HousingProvision A Aver Tar 2001-2021 Rate for nnual 15,925 get 2,450 4,975 2,750 3,150 2,550 age 50 2005/06 Pr Ac D D 19,375 erby & o erbys tual 3,502 4,335 3,769 3,730 3,966 vision 75 av annual below target above or Pe erage rate rc L is Leic & eics, entage Rutland -12.9 21.7 42.9 37.1 18.4 55.5 * 05/06 01/02 to Pr Ac Aver o tual Annual vision age 17,641 ic otat Nottingham Northants Lincs 3,482 3,628 3,730 3,464 3,245 92 av annual below target above or Pe erage rate rc entage -27.1 10.8 42.1 35.6 10.0 27.3 * target to meet2021 r annual Current equirement & Notts 15,353 2,106 5,424 2,423 3,045 2,318 * East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 31 N/K 14,654 4.0 3.5 4.5 2.1 2.8 2.6 4.6 3.4 # 6.0 3.2 of dwellings 102,519 (101,636) 321,049 (330,909) 121,550 (119,780) 332,601 (228,445) 303,615 (298,512) 252,170 (162,334) 125,267 (124,194) 289,075 (239,677) # # 1,862,500 (1,606,747) 3.9 2.7 4.6 3.0 2.7 2.7 3.9 2.8 3.1 6.0 N/K otal % number Total 4.0 (3.9) 3.5 (2.7) 4.5 (4.6) 2.1 (3.0) 2.8 (2.7) 2.6 (2.7) 4.6 (3.9) 3.4 (2.8) 3.2 (3.1) T # # 3.7 3.2 4.2 2.6 3.9 2.2 3.9 2.2 3.1 2.0 N/K 1.6 (1.8) 5.7 (1.3) 0.7 (1.0) 1.0 (2.0) 1.5 (2.1) 3.1 (2.9) 4.3 (5.5) 2.6 (2.5) 2.6 (2.5) uthority % A # # 4.1 2.8 4.1 2.3 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.3 3.1 0.3 N/K 4.3 (3.9) 1.7 (0.9) 2.0 (1.8) 0.3 (1.1) 1.0 (1.1) 1.0 (0.9) 4.2 (4.0) 1.8 (3.3) RSL % Local 1.5 (1.8) 6.6 # # N/K sector figures),Broxtowe and Daventry 4.2 2.8 4.3 1.8 3.7 1.3 2.6 2.4 2.9 or % 01/02 02/03 03/04 04/05 05/06 4.4 (4.2) 3.4 (3.0) 5.7 (5.9) 2.6 (3.1) 2.9 (2.9) 2.6 (2.7) 4.8 (3.3) 3.6 (2.8) Private 3.4 (3.2) Sect - Percentage of All Vacant Dwellings 2001/02 to 2005/06 Dwellings 2001/02 Vacant of All - Percentage - Vacant dwellings 2005/06 (2004/05 in brackets) dwellings Vacant - igure 3.3 provides housing trajectories that compare the current trend in housing completions taken completions in housing to trend the current trajectories housing that compare 3.3 provides igure F erby erbyshire erby erbyshire eak District eak District eicester eicestershire eicester eicestershire D D L L Lincolnshire Northamptonshire Nottingham Nottinghamshire P Rutland East Midlands D D L L Lincolnshire Northamptonshire Nottingham Nottinghamshire P Rutland East Midlands ancy rate of 20.4% ancy rate cant Dwellings cant c able 3.6 able 3.5 Source: Authorities Local # No data available N/K not known- no data from The Peak Park The Peak N/K not known- from no data ‘Other Sector’ Public numbers of there are significant In Lincolnshire rates with high vacancy dwellings vacant including Ministry and NHS houses. of Defence in 2005/06,a Out of a total of 2167 such houses 443 were vacant va T Source: Authorities Local 05/06 excludes,Harborough (private T Va 2021 (the solid line) and the target trajectories for 2021 (the dotted lines). 2021 (the dotted trajectories for and the target 2021 (the solid line) trajectory This that in analysis shows meet the to that required Northamptonshire of housing is above in actual trend the all cases except provision 2021 target. has strategy Northamptonshire case as the MKSM sub regional as a special can be regarded 2021. rising towards annual targets stepped 3.13 32 East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 target trajectory for 2021. target trajectory f basedonalineartrend that provides anestimate ofhousingprovision inthedifferent areas oftheEastMidlands, 3.16 compared to atarget of10,950. figure for Northamptonshire, excluding the In2005/06housingprovision was 15,040houses, intheeastMidlands targets risingtowards 2021. canberegarded as aspecialcasetheMKSMsubregionalNorthamptonshire strategy hasstepped annual areas except are above Northamptonshire thecurrent annualaverage requirement to meet2021targets. 3.15 Data Analysis year all40gave Studies. detailsoftheirUrbanCapacity Studiesinplace.This Urban Capacity 3.14 U T KestevenNorth planningpermissionsestimated Local Authorities Source: T Housing Provision andSupply or the years 2001/02 to 2005/06, for the years up until 2021. These predictions canthenbecompared These predictions to the for theyears upuntil2021. or theyears 2001/02to 2005/06, able 3.8 able 3.7 rban Capacity Studies East Midlands P Nottinghamshire Northamptonshire Lincolnshire L D East Midlands Rutland P Nottinghamshire Nottingham Northamptonshire Lincolnshire L L D D eicestershire &Rutland eicestershire eicester eak District eak District erbyshire erbyshire erby T T In the 2004/05 monitoring report it was reported that39outof40lower itwasreported tierplanningauthoritieshad In the2004/05monitoring report his monitoring report, unlike previous ones for the East Midlands, contains a housing trajectory analysis contains ahousingtrajectory previous onesfor unlike theEastMidlands, his monitoring report, he numberofhousingcompletions in2005/06(andtheaverage annualnumberofcompletions) inall - PlanningPermissions and Years ofSupplyHousing ofMarch 31st2006 - HousingProvision Authority,as andSupplyby County/Unitary New dwellings withoutstanding planning permissions Y ears ofDwelling Supply 94,358 13,547 13,258 22,817 13,519 12,728 5,413 8,597 3,489 698 292 6.1 8.1 9.0 2.4 9.5 7.5 7.0 annual requirementfromtable3.4 O Local Authorities Source: utstanding planningpermissionsdividedby New dwellings allocated in local plansandLDDs 49,048 10,805 6,558 3,259 8,725 3,992 8,845 3,763 3,075 38 0 East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 33 cal authorities were not asked for details of not asked for cal authorities were he total identified housing supply (planning identified housing he total Housing supply is not always measured by local by measured always Housing supply is not Lo T dable Housing Completions - dable Housing Completions r cal Authority areas cal Authority gets: r fo olicy 18: he level of affordable housing to be provided housing to be of affordable he level here are,here however, such of supply from estimates eicestershire (allowing for under-counting in under-counting for (allowing eicestershire Lo able 3.7 but do not always come forward for come always able 3.7 but do not equirement).When Northamptonshire is included P Housing for Affordable Regional Priorities T local housing needs should be justified by assessments, based on housing market preferably as an assessment as well areas to work or journey of the viability of seeking a particular proportion such developments. housing from of affordable Ta (i.e. per annum 3,400 dwellings Around 25% of r 3,950 becomes this figure Indicators: by housing completions • Affordable 3.23 has only risen permissions and allocations) and in Leicester last year significantly from L Northamptonshire last year). 3.24 3.7.Table in authorities as set out In particular small included in are (usually under 10 dwellings) sites T development. capacity On the other hand urban and not included. are windfall allowances 3.25 this report, urban capacity of for their level as urban annually,capacity not updated studies are there and approach. a consistent difficulties in confirming are T draft in Appendix 2 of the consultation sources Regional Plan,to which will if possible be updated 2006. • Ratio of wage rates and housing costs • Ratio of wage rates Results: Af Significant Effect Indicator vision in Northamptonshire met its annual cancy rates show no consistent trend either trend no consistent cancy show rates o he fact that housing provision is above the is above he fact that housing provision in upsurge a recent show he higher figures in possibly be refined he trajectories could he overall percentage of dwellings that are of dwellings percentage he overall Pr Va T T T T rnment policy, emphasises delivery which of at regional level,at regional so far is no progress so there

rking assumption, not a policy target. source The ve cant in 2005/06 in the East Midlandscant in 2005/06 in the at 3.2% wards the assumption of a half % reductionwards over te olicy Commentary he new dwellings with outstanding planning he new dwellings ompleted in 2005/06.ompleted with consistent is more This ompletions, than simple linear projections, rather emains similar to that for the previous four years. four the previous that for emains similar to MKSM strategy target in 2005/06 and has risen for in 2005/06 and target MKSM strategy years.the last three 2021 is, to requirement total The however, subject currently revision. to 3.21 P 3.18 Northamptonshire everywheretarget should except in the context of the consultation also be considered draft Regional Plan, an average which proposes of 15,295 excluding of provision annual rate Northamptonshire, almost exactly what was c the 2003-based household projections and recent Go housebuilding in the East Midlands, including marketsstronger in urban areas, which the emerging with its in line Regional Plan will accommodate sequential policies. 3.20 of annual short forecasts incorporate term to future c on the trajectories in LDF Annual drawing Reports.Monitoring 3.22 higher housing numbers. 3.19 areas.Thewithin or between net effect is a steady ra to the RSS period. It should be noted, however, that unlike draft this is a the consultation Regional Plan wo in this report from vacancy rates is different used for draftthat in the consultation Regional Plan. permissions in the East Midlandspermissions in the East increase an shows extends 93,821 in 2006 which 79,517 in 2005 to from as 5.1 years supply from dwelling of future the years as at 2006. 6.1 years at 2005 to supply in 2005 The low,appeared however, because of missing data in Northamptonshire. 3.17 va T r 34 East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 by F Kesteven05/06 noNorth data Local Authorities Source: T Kesteven05/06 noNorth data Local Authorities Source: T ore LandRegistry Source: able 3.10 able 3.9 igure 3.5

strategic 2000-2006 authority East Midlands P Nottinghamshire Northamptonshire Lincolnshire L D M East eicestershire &Rutland eak District erbyshire idlands - Affordable HousingCompletions 2001to2006 - Housing Market: mean house prices based on Land Registry data, meanhouseprices basedonLandRegistry - HousingMarket: - Affordable HousingCompletions 2005/06 20 0/4%0/5 50%Affordable HousesCompleted 2005/06 05/06% 04/05% 03/04% 02/03 % . . . 082,079 10.8 7.2 9.9 7.8 ubrPercentage oftotal Number 2,079 392 524 352 375 413 23 additions todwelling stock 10.8 30.7 11.8 10.3 12.1 9.5 9.9 East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 35 June 2006

alaries: ASHE Mean Gross annual No data for Derbyshire Dales No data for Derbyshire Source: Land Registry House Prices April to S earnings of residents 2005 ratio used to calculate Note different years e issues of affordability and affordable e issues of affordability Th els of finance are a major constraint to meeting to a major constraint are els of finance v maining affordable housing needs to be housing needs to maining affordable olicy 19: ompletions they have funded and the level of funded and the level ompletions they have P for Managing the Release of Regional Priorities Land for Housing across jointly a need to work RSS states boundaries to manage to release administrative of a sustainable pattern of sites to ensure is achieved.development of action areas Priority of Derby,include the built up areas Leicester, Lincoln, Northampton, Nottingham (including parts of Eastern Derbyshire), Chesterfield, boundaries. regional Mansfield and across affordable housing is not being delivered to the to housing is not being delivered affordable extent is required. that the RSS states Information on the Housing Corporation by has been provided c in the future. be available funding that may does This stock.include an element of acquiring existing The re Section through negotiated 106 agreements, and public subsidy. additional require some of that may Le housing targets. affordable 3.30 housing targets are now being reviewed in much being reviewed now are housing targets Housing Market the ten Assessments detail by more the region. across - Ratio of House Price to Salaries 2006 (Q2) House Price - Ratio of dable housing provision rose significantly rose dable housing provision dable housing completions in the East dable housing completions r r fo fo ean house prices across the East Midlands across ean house prices Af M and house prices of average A comparison Af erage incomes. erage erage income levels at district level for the East at district for levels level income erage idlands (a measure of affordability) shows a range shows of affordability) idlands (a measure idlands have increased from 1,534 in 2003/04 and 1,534 in 2003/04 from increased idlands have olicy Commentary igure 3.6 igure here are a number of areas that have experienced that have a number of areas are here onstrained compared to incomes, to compared onstrained while other, often ollowing a number of years that saw significant price that saw a number of years ollowing in 2005/06, target. below but still remains Although is being made,significant progress it is clear that 3.29 P industrial decline where house prices have remained have house prices industrial decline where c areas,rural to of house prices a higher ratio show av M the East Midlands, across of outcomes although the that in 2005. similar to 2006 remains for pattern T 1,406 in 2004/05 to 2,079 in 2005/06.1,406 in 2004/05 to target The 3,400 achieve housing is to affordable for figure the East Midlands per annum in dwellings (excluding Northamptonshire). this target Although still below is being made. progress 3.27 2005 to not changed much in 2006 compared have f rises. 3.28 av M Data Analysis Data 3.26 F 36 East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 c T three Sub-RegionalStrategy.The and SouthMidlands 3.35 Northampton. Th mostofwhichare atanearlystage. policies inLDDs, of Policy 19isnotnecessarily dependantonphasing c c theSub-RegionalStrategiesdrafting inthe c 3.34 them. sufficientlyfarinto thefuturenot extend to need Also someexistingLocal Plansmay is notexpected. so100%coverage areas, that falloutsidethepriority 3.33 P authorities hadsuchphasingpoliciesinplace. r from lastyear’squestion butitisknown (2004/05) 3.32 Data Analysis local development documentsorlocalplans. managing therelease oflandfor housingintheir indicated thattheydidhave phasingpoliciesfor 3.31 Results: • Phasing policiesinplace inLocal Development Indicator: Ta ore LUCS CLG PlanningStatistics Source: esponses to thisquestionthatseventeen local nieaino hsn oiis soimplementation onsideration ofphasingpolicies, These include RegionalPlan. onsultation draft hasbeeninvolvedonsiderable jointworking in Do omparison withotherregions2000-05(%)(includingconversions inbrackets) able 3.10 olicy Commentary olicy r England South West South East L East ofEngland W East Midlands the Humber Yo WestNorth East North ey cover areas listed allthepriority except es - gets: ondon cuments (LDDs) est Midlands rkshire and Although notcovered by theindicator, Phasing policiesare notrequired for authorities Not alllocalauthoritiesresponded to this Fi Northampton iscoveredNorthampton Keynes by theMilton ft een (42%)localauthoritiesin2005/06 rprino e wlig nPeiul eeoe ad EastMidlands ofNewDwellingsonPreviously- Proportion Developed Land: 0020 0220 042005 2004 2003 2002 2001 2000 43 45 62 89 54 55 57 68 47 59 48 49 66 90 59 60 55 70 45 60 54 48 66 90 58 67 63 72 57 64 by aJointPlanningUnitsupported Northamptonshire De co Co andanUrbanDevelopment Northamptonshire, as area isknown West development.This Joint Core SpatialStrategy to bringforward are committedNorthamptonshire to preparing a andSouth Daventry authorities ofNorthampton, fo co sitesinorderemploy to policiesandselect developers andother agenciesshould strategies, Lo De A Regional Target forRe-usingPreviously P Northamptonshire. andEast Kettering,Wellingborough De Pr Results: PDL orthrough conversions ofhousingcompletions• Proportion achieved on Indicator: land (PDL)by 2021 60% ofadditionaldwellings onpreviously developed Ta co of additionaldwellings onPDLandthrough olicy 20: olicy rw oportion ofNewDwellings onPreviouslyoportion ntrol powers, known as known West Northamptonshire ntrol powers, r nt nv

a uhrte,economic development cal Authorities, prto a enetbihd withdevelopment rporation hasbeenestablished, v ve the localauthoritieshasbeenestablishedto bring v get: lpetCroain InNorth elopment Corporation. eloped LandandBuildingsforHousing ard aCore SpatialStrategy covering Corby, ribute totheachievement ofatarget of60% ersions by 2021at theRegionallevel. loped Land 54 (57) 58 (65) 65 (69) 95 (95) 60 (63) 70 (73) 65 (69) 72 (75) 52 (57) 66 (70) 54 (57) 55 (62) 72 (75) 96 (96) 63 (65) 72 (75) 69 (73) 62 (65) 70 (73) 79(81) 50 (54) 61 (66) 69 (72) 98 (98) 67 (69) 70 (75) 74 (78) 81 (83) 71 (73) 71 (74) East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 37 PDL 59.0 76.7 88.1 69.4 46.4 68.9 69.5 44.0 52.0 % on 67.6 05/06 100.0 33 541 135 1,923 1,010 1,669 1,748 3,059 1,389 1,901 13,408 land 05/06 previously developed developed previously Housing completions on Housing completions is noticeable that there are fluctuations are that there in the is noticeable

here are concerns whether the target levels whether the target concerns are here here is a significant difference between the between is a significant difference here It T T erall rates.erall longer a series becomes the time As olicy Commentary onclusions that can be drawn from the two data the two from onclusions that can be drawn % level of re-use of PDL, of re-use level especially in the cities and Rutland, and completion indicating that the release sites,of large whether on PDL or greenfield, can affect ov might be used.Those average moving with areas consistent more shown in 2001 have figures lower improvement/increase. 3.41 can be sustained in the long term, limited the given supply of PDL in some areas. P 3.39 c sources. data the East Midlands Based on the CLG on of housing developed percentage has the lowest PDL in England, the 60% target. below and it remains Based on the local authority have data the figures began, monitoring since considerably improved and running. year the second for the target exceed 3.40 53.4 73.1 77.8 61.0 38.9 56.0 81.4 78.7 96.3 44.2 61.9 04/05 % 50.5 70.2 72.2 59.5 34.9 51.0 92.7 61.3 91.8 46.0 58.1 03/04 % 64.3 70.0 81.0 50.3 33.0 50.5 98.9 57.7 56.6 52.7 55.3 02/03 % 47.8 59.0 96.8 48.8 20.7 53.6 95.6 49.7 76.0 54.7 49.3 01/02 - Housing on Previously Developed Land in Unitary Developed on Previously - Housing and County 2005/06 areas 2001/02 to o sources of information have been used to have of information o sources he local authority data for the region shows a shows the region he local authority data for he data from CLG for 2005 is provisional but 2005 is provisional for CLG he data from T Tw T erby erbyshire eak District eicester eicestershire D D L L Lincolnshire Northamptonshire Nottingham Nottinghamshire P Rutland East Midlands ntinuing the steady progress made since 2001/02. made since progress ntinuing the steady idlands were built on PDL (54% if conversions are built on PDL (54% if conversions idlands were able 3.11 here are variations across the region with the more the region across variations are here ompletions through planning permissions. planning ompletions through emains below the target figure of 60% being figure the target emains below Source: Authorities Local urban areas having a greater tendency to develop on tendency develop a greater to having urban areas PDL. T developed on previously developed land by 2021 land by developed on previously developed England of 71% (74% for the 2005 figure and below including conversions). 3.38 picture.different In 2005/06, was 67.6% of housing 2004/05, 61.9% in to on PDL compared developed co analyse housing development on PDL.Theanalyse housing development CLG Survey on changes in Ordnance based statistics are data while local authority data is based on c 3.37 included). and years is less than in previous This r Data Analysis Data 3.36 in the East that 50% of new dwellings shows M T SECTION 4 economy

Key Points Actions A study of employment land provision comparing The conclusions of the Employment Land forecast future requirements and current supply Provision Study, as developed through the RSS, has been undertaken in order to propose should be used to develop local and joint indicative land requirements to inform the studies to inform Local Development emerging RSS.The final report was published in Framework (LDF) preparation December 2006; amongst other things it recommends that local employment land reviews should be undertaken, perhaps by local authorities working jointly across Housing Market Areas (HMAs), in order to develop the overall conclusions of the study The monitoring of employment land & floorspace, The Regional Monitoring & Review and Spatial along with retail and leisure development is Economy Advisory Groups will continue to improving but further progress needs to be made support local authorities improve their monitoring regimes A number of spatial definitions remain vague The Assembly will work with its local authority which continues to cause difficulty for data partners to agree geographic boundaries providers where this is appropriate A number of spatial economy indicators are A review of indicators and targets has already insufficiently targeted e.g. in relation to Regional taken place as part of the RSS review but these Spatial Strategy (RSS) Policy 2 or inappropriate or will be kept under constant review data has proved impossible to collect over a period of time The Strategic Distribution Study confirmed the The Regional Assembly, East Midlands importance of the distribution sector to the Development Agency (emda) and the relevant economy of the East Midlands, particularly in the local authorities and public sector bodies are south of the region and within parts of the already developing and implementing Northern sub-area strategies to improve the regional offer of employment sites to meet regional objectives. This work should continue to be seen as a regional priority with progress closely monitored Leicestershire County Council is a lead partner on a This work can be rolled out to Regional county number of innovative schemes to support the rural partners as an example of good practice; economy regional mechanisms need to be identified to do this Annual Monitoring ReportAnnual Monitoring 2005/06

INTRODUCTION 4.1 This section provides analysis on the regional economy related policies contained within RSS8, particularly covering employment and development and regeneration issues (see table below). 4.2 The overall framework for the economy policies in the region are provided by the Regional Economic Strategy and the Regional Spatial Strategy. 4.3 Data was again gathered using an employment land monitoring form, similar to the form used for the 2004/05 monitoring report, which required detail on employment land and floorspace. East Midlands Regional Spatial Strategy East Midlands Regional Spatial 38 East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 39 luation Sources ffice onsultant’s LA returns CLG IMD from CLG LA returns LA returns Va O Annual Business Inquiry & Natural England C analysis LA returns ess r - Prog sector ed low es have viewed se of PDL for ee Policy 22 ee Policy emained S be to Indicator re Data returns but improving gaps remain making a full assessment difficult Employment Land studies leading to are greater understanding of demand Private report in growth some sectors Employment rat r fairly constant U employment increased proportion of plans contain sustainability criteria gets Status r gets set meet

r Ta As appropriate Ta in LDFs no. Reduce of EMids local authorities in the 10% most deprived districts To local needs as set out in SRSs or LDFs Increase in Increase nos. in employment tual ex nt Core / ntextual Co RSS Core RSS Core Regional Core RSS Core Regional Core Regional Core Co - - Increasing - - Regional Core sector Key Indicators ntaining eprivation. Number of development plans co appropriate policy % new development on previously developed land Numbers in employment areas in rural Employment land supply by type Private view LA ranks and LA ranks based scores on 10% most SOAs deprived Net change in and office industrial land / floorspace and proportion on PDL Net change in land and floorspace for developed employment by type of Indices Multiple D itle elopment olicy T v P cational iorities for iorities in iorities for iority Areas egional Lo Pr De Sustainability Criteria Pr Areas Rural Regional Pr Employment Land Regional Pr for Regeneration 2 3 6R 22 21 No. olicy P 40 East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 P olicy No. 24 5Regional 25 23 Diversification Rural Pr Regional T Pr De and Retail To Pr Regional ourism iorities for iorities for iorities for wn Centres P v T olicy olicy elopment itle with region jobs compared number of Change in with region c ups start new business Number of stays inregion ov Number of r spending in V activities r jobs intourist number of Change in development and leisure f and allocations permissions planning Outstanding centres in town development and leisure r c % of area authority l by development and leisure r c Amount of egion elated rrti,office or retail, ti,office etail, office etail, ompared ompleted ompleted isitor ernight Indicators ocal Key Key Co Core Regional Core Regional RSS Core RSS Core Co Co Co Co ntextual ntextual ntextual ntextual ntextual ntextual Core / Core nt ex tual 2010 4.5% GDPby co T 2% by 2010 increase by the region to spending in V 2008 t jobs in 15000 new and jobs ups start business Increase in LDFs as setoutin local needs To ourism by ourism to isitor Ta ntribute

meet r esStatus gets As above As above As difficult assessment afull making gaps remain improving but Data returns to Tr recorded changes Only slight recorded changes Only slight stays ov increases in Modest spend increases in Modest needed more evidence but direction in right end appears

ernight be moving Prog As above As above As r ess LA returns LA returns LA returns Inquiry Business Annual data NOMIS VAT STEAM STEAM Inquiry Business Annual Sources East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 41 Sources Dti/OVUM ess r Prog get virtually ailable r Ta achieved Little evidence av e following system has been used to present has been used to system e following is also the case that, of reasons, a variety for a

It Th here are still some policies, are here policy example for Some additional sources have been used to have Some additional sources T gets Status rrently only information on the size of the town on the size only information rrently age by ntre areas can be provided but not on changes can be provided areas ntre iorities for Tourism, iorities for been included from data have r r or example in relation to policy to or example in relation 25, Regional emains a need for an agreement on the definition of an agreement emains a need for therein. developments and leisure etail office number of the indicators used to assess the success used to number of the indicators of policy insufficiently targeted implementation are this purpose. for or inappropriate Such an example is of new of the percentage the use of the indicator land to developed on previously development of the sequential approach implementation measure 2,outlined in Policy is only when the use of such land one aspect of sustainability.This of the wider concept in future be addressed issue is one that will need to the forthcoming to new Regional AMRs in relation Spatial Strategy. 4.11 are often subject to revision so that data provided in oftenare subject so that data provided revision to reports the monitoring previous superseded by are information. newly updated 4.8 in some policy information additional areas. provide F Pr Activity Economy Tourism STEAM (Scarborough other organisations been used by Model) which have Tourism. including East Midlands 4.9 23, Centres,Town there where for Regional Priorities r then identification of the completed and these areas r Cu ce taken place. that have 4.10 data collected from local authorities:data collected from indicates a zero no land of that particular the threshold) type (above has been developed; N/K (not known) that indicates this section was left questionnaire of the monitoring the local authority.Theblank by indicate may latter or that data is not available. response either a zero ll regional ve Ta 2006 20% of businesses trading online by 2010 Fu co tual ex nt Core / Co RSS Core RSS Core RSS Core RSS Core Key up of Indicators oportion of egion with Pr r high- to access speed broadband services Take broadband services itle olicy T P iorities for Pr ICT ondary sources have again been used for a again been used for ondary have sources c is also worth noting that the recent

he 2005/06 regional monitoring process again process monitoring he 2005/06 regional these and other data issues resolve he need to It Se T T 26 Regional note that some progress has been made.Those that some progress note No. olicy

P ompleted questionnaire,ompleted still were although there of the Region. coverage omplete esponse rate showed an improvement on the an improvement showed esponse rate 4.5 supply to been unable authorities that have information, particularly land losses on employment put to again urged data are and leisure and retailing that such ensure to practices and in place systems aspects can be reported fully in future upon more AMRs. 4.6 Data Issues Data 4.4 2004/05 survey submitting a with all local authorities c gaps in the data. Extreme caution should therefore these figures,be taken when interpreting particularly number of authorities a large in those cases where supply to been unable in the tables) have (footnoted data. report and and retail the floorspace year’s In this the local authorities is data supplied by leisure though these do not represent included even c used the type of monitoring form suggested by suggested used the type form of monitoring Monitoring (Study into and Partners Tym Roger Employment, (May and Retail Land Uses Leisure by data being provided site 2005)) which involved local authorities. It to local authorities also required supply data on floorspace, and leisure retail as gains.The and losses as well developments r Annual of the previous was a key recommendation pleasing ReportMonitoring (AMR) and it is therefore to appointment of Creative Database appointment of Creative Ltd Projects support to an IT system develop the annual (CDP) to a welcome should provide process monitoring impetus in this respect. 4.7 number of the indicators. data in these sources Past 42 East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 T Ze SouthNorthamptonshire Amber Valley, Lindsey, East Northamptonshire,Wellingborough,West Ashfield, Lincoln, Nottingham, Newark andSherwood, Rutland, Northampton, Note thefollowing authoritiesare notincludeddueto incomplete data: Local Authorities Source: T Results: Indicator: Ta oflandforsequential development approach totheselection shouldbeadopted a adjoiningandoutsideofurbanareas, In order toensure themostsustainablemixoflocations within, P questionnaire wasnotcompleted. Ze . South Northamptonshire Harborough, Amber Valley, East Northamptonshire,Wellingborough, Ashfield, Lincoln, Nottingham, NewarkandSherwood, Northampton, Note thefollowing authorities are notincludeddueto missingofincomplete data: Local Authorities Source: able 4.2 able 4.1 olicy 2: olicy r r r Rutland P Nottinghamshire Nottingham Northamptonshire Lincolnshire L L D D Rutland P Nottinghamshire Nottingham Northamptonshire Lincolnshire L L D D os indicate no land of that type above threshold, # indicates # datanotavailable. aboveos indicate nolandofthattype threshold, os indicate no land of that type above threshold, # indicates data not available. N/K is not known as this part ofthe asthispart N/Kisnotknown indicates # datanotavailable. aboveos indicate nolandofthattype threshold, get: eicestershire eicester eicestershire eicester eak District eak District erbyshire erby erbyshire erby 60% ofnewdevelopment onpreviously developed land(PDL) • %newdevelopment onPDL Lo - Brownfield andGreenfieldLandCompleted or - Development onPDLEmployment Land-Completed andUnderConstruction 2003-06 c ational Priorities forDevelopment % onbrownfield land 30 30 30 30 30 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 12.8 32.5 13.1 10.8 0.4 3.4 6.6 5.4 03/04 0 0 Brownfield 35.4 76.4 22.4 57.4 57.9 31.8 93.4 0.0 0.0 47.0 14.8 70.8 26.1 0.8 8.5 4.7 # 0 # # % onbrownfield land 16.6 47.4 92.4 30.1 N/K 77.2 (floorspace) 1.2 3.1 9.7 3.6 0 04/05 Under Construction 2003-06(hectares) 100.0 39.4 31.3 10.2 65.6 93.5 74.8 23.4 22.7 24.1 28.0 # # 0.3 1.1 4.1 3.9 0.8 0 Greenfield % onbrownfield land 15.8 22.9 18.7 41.3 37.0 1.8 0 0 # # 70 (floorspace) 05/06 100.0 38.5 17.1 45.5 59.1 74.9 76.4 96.0 0.0 28.5 47.0 19.9 32.8 N/K 1.3 1.2 4.9 0 0 East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 43 20 11 31 22 15 100 1.1% 1.7% 0.6% 1.2% 0.8% 5.5% 2005 100.900 ha East Midlands 630 840 1.0% 2.0% 0.6% 1.1% 0.9% 5.6% 1,100 1,730 1,240 5,540 2004 East Midlands 18 10 36 20 16 100 920 990 580 5670 2,040 1,140 - East Midlands All PDL Which may be Available for Development Development for may be Available Which - East Midlands All PDL - Previously Developed Land as a Proportion of all Developed Land by Type Land by Land as a Proportion of all Developed Developed - Previously elict land and buildings r Land TypeLand 2004 hectares Area 2004 Percent 2005 hectares Area 2005 Percent cant buildings cant Land ailable for redevelopment (i.e. redevelopment ailable for Proportion of all land which ailable and unavailable for redevelopment) for ailable and unavailable otal area developed land 2001 (includes land which is both land 2001 (includes developed otal area otal rce: NLUD Va use any permission for in a local plan or with planning Allocated but no planning potential With known redevelopment allocation or permission be land that is unused or may developed All previously av redevelopment) for which is available has been developed T av Va De A B C D E T able 4.3 able 4.4 T Land Type D - Land or buildings currently in use and allocated in the local plan and/or having planning permission in the local plan and/or having in use and allocated or buildings currently D - Land Type Land potential in use with redevelopment E - Land or buildings currently Type Land Source: 2004,2005 NLUD vacant land now developed A - Previously Type Land Buildings Vacant B - Type Land C - Derelict Land and Buildings Type Land T Sou 44 East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 y employment purposeshasincreased inthethree thetotal ofPDLusedfor monitoring questionnaires, incomplete datacoverage from thelocalauthority 4.15 P 2001 to date. r L individual years may considerably vary (e.g. employment landby PDLorgreenfield statusfor Figures for care ininterpretation. needsto betaken developments onpreviously developed landsome authorities have large percentages ofnew these show thatinanumberofcaseslocal developments onpreviously developed land.While provide information for thepastthree years on 4.14 gains are includedinthesefigures. Onlyemployment land earlier rounds ofmonitoring. in particularly with cautiondueto missingdata, althoughcomparisons mustbemade development, significant year onyear increase inbrownfield re re D mostnotablyin 2005/6 was204.1hectares, 4.13 area. ofthis policy performance re significantly changedandmuchdoesnotdirectly again asmuchoftheinformation hasnot buthasnotbeenreproducedmonitoring report Someofthiswaspresented inthe2004/05 (NLUD). av and useofpreviously developed (brownfield) landis 4.12 Data Analysis epresentative ofprogress over theplanperiodfrom eicestershire in2004/5)and may notbe ears for whichinformation ispresented. olicy Commentary olicy ryhr,compared to 172.7and85.0hectares erbyshire, ot epciey This appearsto represent a respectively. ports inthe2004/5and2003/04monitoring ported ontheindicator usedto assessthe port ailable from theNationalLandUse Database T A considerable amountofdataontheextent T Notwithstanding thecaveats attachedto the he amountofbrownfield development in he datacontained in Tables 4.1and4.2 r theneedto consider brownfield existing plans, aswith that, islikely It spatial strategies andLDFs. currently intheprocess ofdeveloping newcore the Local Delivery Vehicles andlocalauthoritiesare From perspective, apolicy this limited supplyofsites. to bringforward inNorthamptonshire intervention Ma suchasthe ‘Fitbrownfield For employment land, Pr av whichwilllimit brownfield landinNorthamptonshire, 4.21 r c co av previous years butthisowes more to thedeclining developed for employment usein2005/06than 4.20 submitted. f treated withcautionastheseare theonlytwo years Lincolnshire from lastyear althoughthisshouldbe ofemployment developmentproportion onPDLin 4.19 60%. in HighPeak during2005/6exceeding thetarget of allbutoneoftheemployment completions example, withfor in thepercentage ofdevelopment onPDL, 4.18 f have beensuccessfully reclaimed andredeveloped r development comprising of around 66hectares source ofthishasbeenthePrideprimary Park land.The place on 15 years taking ‘brownfield’ with thevast ofdevelopment majority inthelast10- 4.17 development outlinedinRSSPolicy 2. achieving themore sustainablepatterns of levels towards ofPDLusageisonlyonefactor achievinggreater paragraph 4.10above however, 4.16 or whichreasonably complete returns were or amixofuses. edevelopment policy. willbeakey change. rather thananindicationofpolicy emain, eclaimed oldgasworks andrailway sidingsthat onstraints thatexistonmany ofthosethatdo ojects do exist in the county to doexistinthecounty bringforward ojects ailable opportunities for future development.ailable opportunities ofsuchsites andthelevelsailability of tmnto,ownership issuesandinfrastructure ntamination, rket Programme’,rket butthere islessdirect T T In Nottinghamshire lessbrownfield landwas In Derbyshire there hasbeenasteady increase D As here isarelatively supplyof restricted here hasbeenasignificantincrease inthe erby currently performs wellerby inthisregard currently performs

noted intheprevious AMRandin East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 45 Regional Priorities for Development Regional Priorities he overall conclusion to be drawn is that drawn be to conclusion he overall In Leicestershire, districts seven of the four T strategies.

gets: r re ameworks, economic Plans and Transport Local olicy 6: eicestershire districts have indicated that such indicated districts have eicestershire in Rural Areas in Rural Development Plans,Development Development Local Fr new that should ensure strategies development character the distinctive maintains development communities of rural Ta areas in rural in employment in numbers • Increase Indicator: areas in rural • Numbers in employment Results: P 4.26 have those authorities that do not currently sustainability within their existing local plans, criteria DPDs. rectify their emerging aim to this through throughout which equate to the sustainability to criteria which equate throughout the RSS. set out in 4.25 sustainability to criteria policies relating (57%) have plans with the others within their development policies will be incorporated indicating that such Plan Documents Development within their emerging (DPDs). Furthermore, districts aims to two contain efficient construction Hinckley - energy achieve and such policies have Wigston Bosworth and and Oadby specific Supplementary Plan and within their Local Planning Documents respectively. Again, other L within their emerging policies will be incorporated co - Sustainability Criteria he recently adopted City of Derby Local Plan City adopted Local of Derby he recently om a policy perspective, Delivery the Local T Sustainable development is the central theme is the central Sustainable development Fr get: the request for information said they have information for the request r

amework, quality where and sustainability are olicy Commentary olicy 3: igure 4.1 igure ehicles and local authorities are currently in the currently ehicles and local authorities are he rural classification used to identify the rural nature of local authorities is the Defra rural and urban classification is the Defra of local authorities rural nature identify the rural classification used to he rural classified as rural, of the area the percentage he classification shows as being either major and then identifies the area sustainability criteria in their development plans sustainability in their development criteria Source: Survey Jan-Dec 05 Population Annual definitions DEFRA rural T website: at the following which can be found (http://statistics.defra.gov.uk/esg/rural_resd/rural_definition.asp) T urban (MU;1); urban (LU;2); large other urban (OU;3); (SR;4); significant rural (R80;6) where (R50;5) and rural-80 rural-50 at least 80% is rural and R80 where at 50% is rural R50 is where F of current planning policyof current and declining - the limited number of plans (26%, 29% last from down year) sustainability policies that do not contain criteria likely be the view that these are to adds credibility to the most out of date. those that are 4.23 P 4.22 V spatial strategies new core of developing process and LDFs. It is likely that sustainability will be criteria of critical importance.This example in for is shown Northamptonshire Regeneration West the Fr development. for as prerequisites noted 4.24 Review is an example of a plan that contains policies Review is an example of a plan that contains Indicators: plans containing • Number of development policyappropriate Commentary: Results and Data (74%) who responded • 25 out of the 34 authorities to In order to assess the suitability to assess land for of In order and of the development the nature development be taken will need to requirements its locational account into Ta P Employment in Employment Areas in Rural East Midlands 46 East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 Employment Studyhighlighted thatwithinthe Integratedexample theNorthamptonshire Local va Research hasindicated thatthere canbereal 4.30 classifications (R80andR60). employment rates for thetwo mostrural thefigures continue to show higherdistrict this policy, measure ofthesuccess of indicator isasatisfactory described above to whichthe andtheextent 4.29 P areas remain higher thanthoseinurbanareas. Employment rates inrural rural andurbanareas. inboth that over timetherates stay fairlyconstant, 4.28 used. ov ofpeoplemightbeinwork.To higher proportion thena migration, for example, through, decreased, agepopulationhas decrease butiftheworking Thus thenumber inemployment might areas. populationbaseofrural theworking particularly thechangingpopulationbase,does notreflect 4.27 Data Analysis DEFRA definitionsofrural Annual Population weighted Survey averages 05 Jun04-May 05&Jan-Dec Source: T able 4.5 olicy Commentary olicy itosi efrac ihnrrlaes For withinrural areas. riations inperformance ercome thisproblem employment rates have been More rural T T Notwithstanding thedataanalysisissues Estimating thenumbersemployed inrural areas his ishowever broad-brush analysis. avery he information onemployment rates suggests LU OU SR R50 R80 - Comparing Employment RatesforRural/Urban Areas Employment Highest District Rate 84.1 80.1 86.7 82.7 87.1 Jun 04 - May 05 Jan - Dec 05 Jan-Dec Jun 04-May 05 Employment District Low Rate est 63.7 69.2 69.2 75.8 71.2 Employment population Av w Ra District eighted) erage of tes (not 74.4 73.3 79.2 78.3 80.7 development. ke asa Renewal Partnership, Rural Northamptonshire development ofa and the buildings grant r include the development r Lo deprivation. rural of hide pockets areas may infact from withinthese that commuting ra highest economic activity hasthe Northamptonshire rates (foractivity exampleSouth c edundant rural elated to rural ounty some rural areas had very higheconomic somerural areasounty hadvery te y agentinchampioningrural cal projects

in the country) but in thecountry) Employment Highest District Rate 83.6 78.1 83.4 83.7 87.3 Employment District Low Rate est 64.1 68.9 69.4 75.9 74.3 Employment population Av w Ra District eighted) erage of tes (not 74.5 74.2 78.4 78.4 79.9 East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 47 25.1 10.4 23.1 site data. site Grey areas have have areas Grey missing or incomplete Objective 2 area Objective Green area is Objective 2 area Green % of total development identified as being in an identified - Index of Multiple Deprivation - Index of - Objective 2 Areas 199.9 264.9 3,085.7 otal area in otal area T East Midlands erage Score of SOAs in Local Authority 2004 in Local of SOAs Score erage igure 4.3 igure igure 4.2 igure F F Av Source: ODPM Copyright.© Crown All rights reserved. East Midlands Regional Assembly, 100038615, 2005 20.7 61.3 773.0 2 boundary ithin Objective ithin Objective W jective 2 Developments jective Regional PriorityRegional Areas for Ob of this policy assist the objective is to

rt he proportionin the occurring of development Net change in land and floorspace developed Net change in land and floorspace Pa T ommitted C Under Construction Developed gets: eas of Greatest Need eas of Greatest r olicy 21: gency (emda). the green On the map below able 4.6 the worst 10% most deprived districts most deprived 10% the worst type by employment Areas Super Output based on 10% most deprived (SOAs) egeneration of areas of greatest need. of greatest of areas egeneration areas These or employment by type 22. by - see Policy or employment Ta in LDFs set Targets • number of East MidlandsReduce in local authorities • Indicators: for developed and floorspace Net change in land • of Multiple Deprivation.Indices • and scores ranks LA Results: 4.31 Development Plans,Development LDFs, and SSP Strategies LTPs the regeneration to assist should include proposals need identified of the greatest of areas f P Regeneration Note that percentage figures exclude those sites in Objective 2 areas for which no coordinates have been given, have which no coordinates for in Objective 2 areas those sites exclude figures percentage that Note Nottingham.except likely be an underestimate are to figures Hence T have been taken as those in receipt of ESF/ERDF been taken as those in receipt have Objective 2 funding.The Objective 2 boundaries have the East Midlands by Development been provided A and the grey Objective 2 areas shading shows is incomplete there where those areas shading shows data. been added in because Nottingham data have Nottingham City as being identified all their sites within the Objective 2 area.There areas still a few are not available. data are where 4.33 r 4.6. Table in is shown Objectiveareas 2 Ar 4.32 48 East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 De flagship Environment Centre wasofficiallyopenedin co centred Colliery, onthe former Markham project, £62million Markham Vale Employment Growth Zone onDerbyshire’s closures.Work of thecolliery long beenviewed inthewake asaregional priority Nottinghamshire has Derbyshire andnorth north 4.37 interim measure untilthisissueisfullyresolved. 2areas useofObjective isseenasan addressed.The the RegionalAssembly recognises needsto be one exampleofanumberdefinitionalissuesthat is assigning recorded developments to them.This areas concerned andtheconsequent problem of ofthe due to thelackofaspecificationextent ofthispolicy monitoring thesuccess orotherwise 4.36 P development 2areas. innonObjective ison aparwiththeamountof in theEastMidlands, given theirlandcoverage development insuchareas, would appearthattheamountof It a deprived area. funded areas usingthisasanalternative measure of development 2ESF/ERDF occurringinObjective 4.35 areas remain intheworst decile. the butbecauseofimprovements elsewhere, occur, case thatimprovement inthedeprived areas could to bethe isalsolikely It deprivation tend to change. time since thecomponent elementsofindices of av deprived asmore recent comparative dataare not intheworst I0%most intheEastMidlands districts inthenumberof possible to assessthereduction isnotyet It Index ofMultipleDeprivation 2004. r r 4.34 Data Analysis egeneration initiatives have beeninformed by the Many ofthe egional prioritiesfor regeneration. olicy Commentary olicy ailable.There are problems incomparisons over ailable.There ntinues to gather momentum.The development’s ntinues to gathermomentum.The c ember 2006andaccess to thewhole T T Regeneration oftheformer coalfield area of Data are of provided ontheproportion he previous in AMRhighlighted thedifficulty area islargely concernedhis policy withthe development plans. r with benefit to bothnewandexistingcommunities, is clearintheneedto ensure development isof oncoredirection spatialstrategies withinthecounty Current policy enterprise withindeprived areas. r neighbourhood has resulted inacountywide significant research into levels ofdeprivation andthis hasundertaken county 2area.The Objective norisitinan of England’s 88mostdeprived wards, 4.40 A sites mostnotablyto befound intheSutton area in significantly above theRegional rate withmany such v ofcommitments however proportion (the whole.The c 2development/under ofObjective proportion 4.39 Pa r development thatcanhelpmeettheCity’s identifying large newareas for employment there isperhapslessscope for and Bombardier), Rolls-Royce centre, theCity withinthem(e.g. activity whilethere issignificantemployment areas and, theseare largely residential As such, deprivation. amalgamation ofwards with highlevels of 2areasObjective are generally basedonthe r the Bombardier works whichare identifiedfor some significantsites suchasPride Park of andparts D 4.38 which willeventually provide 5,000jobs. wishing to businesspark locate onthe85hectare has already beenconsiderable interest from firms to becompletedexpected by 2007.There December 29ais development via thenewM1Junction egeneration consideration akey infuture includesafocus to increase enewal strategy.This Pride e.g. doexist, opportunities equirements.Where as isunderstandableinpart edevelopment.This onstruction isaround asa thatforonstruction theEastMidlands ast majority ofwhichare mixedast majority usesites) is shfield District. erby is outside the Objective 2 area, apart from apart erby 2area, isoutsidetheObjective k theyhave beentaken. rk, T ihnNtigasieDsrcs the Within Nottinghamshire Districts, Northamptonshire currently doesnothaveNorthamptonshire any he majority ofcommittedhe majority employment landin East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 49 rce: rce: Sou Neighbourhood Statistics Sou Neighbourhood Statistics meet local needs

To ee also Policy 2 for employment land data. employment 2 for ee also Policy S get: r and future requirements,and future surplus and that beneficial for is considered land employment use alternative floorspace industrial and office and proportion on Previously Developed Land Developed and proportion on Previously Indicators: land / floorspace and industrial Net change in office • type land supply by Employment • sector view • Private Results: 4.41 - Monitor gains and losses in the overall supply of Monitor gains and losses in the overall - Ta ffice Floorspace ffice Retail Floorspace O - Floorspace of Offices:- Floorspace Office Regions,2000-2005 Government - Floorspace of Retail premises:- Floorspace Office Regions,2000-2005 Government (different scale) Regional Priorities for Employment Land for Employment Regional Priorities oks for Local Authorities and Sub-Regional Authorities Local oks for olicy 22: igure 4.5 igure igure 4.4 igure of employment land (B1,of employment B2, the through B8) public and selective process plan development investment, supply of land for is adequate there for uses available and industrial office locations in sustainable development of potential meet the specific requirements investors to current relevant are they that to ensure areas F F Strategic Partnerships to work together to: Partnerships to work Strategic and de-allocation the allocation by that Ensure - sites to employment Bring forward allocated - in their land allocations employment Review - Lo P 50 East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 T F F ore Neighbourhood Statistics Source: able 4.7 igure 4.7 igure 4.6 Wa Factory O Retail ffices r ehouses - Annual%ChangeinFloorspace losaeo aeoss Government Regions,2000-2005 Office - Floorspace of Warehouses: losaeo atre:Government Regions,2000-2005 Office - Floorspace ofFactories: England East Midlands England East Midlands England East Midlands England East Midlands Wa Fa r ehouse Floorspace ct ory Floorspaceory 000 010 020 030 2004-05 2003-04 2002-03 2001-02 2000-01 -0.4 -0.5 3.1 3.9 1.8 3.3 1.2 2.3 -0.3 2.7 4.6 0.0 2.3 2.3 1.0 1.6 -1.0 -0.5 1.7 1.3 2.1 2.1 1.0 0.7 Neighbourhood Statistics Source: Neighbourhood Statistics Source: -1.9 -1.6 1.9 1.6 1.3 1.4 1.0 0.9 -2.0 -2.1 -3.1 -3.6 -7.1 -5.8 -1.6 1.6 East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 51 5.9 2.0 3.1 1.2 0.0 87.2 33.6 17.2 86.5 28.2 91 (89) 543 (470) 1,719 (1632) 1,015 (1031) 3,116 (3118) 2,030 (2150) 4,634 (4438) 1,033 (1030) 1,867 (1829) 3.1 0.7 7.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 28.3 19.2 58.8 21.6 0.0 1.0 0.5 4.0 0.0 0.3 0.2 0.0 11.5 14.4 160 (124) 1,466 (1487) 5,061 (5043) 2,078 (2150) 3,735 (3861) 3,205 (3365) 3,939 (4064) 1,125 (1165) 3,565 (3602) 0.1 0.5 1.8 0.0 9.5 0.0 3.2 1.0 0.0 28.2 2.6 0.3 1.1 5.9 3.8 3.1 3.1 0.0 0.0 29.7 21 (23) 434 (422) 561 (576) 576 (614) 697 (717) 582 (577) 785 (835) 843 (871) 626 (624) 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 2.6 2.5 2.5 0.0 0.0 29.2 42 (49) B1a B1bc B1 Total B2 B8 Mixed Total 768 (752) 496 (568) 714 (705) 830 (907) Retail Office Factory Warehouse 1,357(1476) 1,072 (1176) 1,200 (1233) 1,037 (1111) 2.6 0.6 0.3 1.1 5.9 0.3 0.6 0.7 0.0 0.0 B1 unsp. * - Completed 2005/06 Employment Land (ha) 2005/06 Employment - Completed - Floorspace 1,000 sqm,2005- Floorspace (2004 in brackets) erby erbyshire erby erbyshire eak District os indicate no land of that type above threshold. no land of that typeos indicate above eicester eicestershire eicester eicestershire r D D L L Lincolnshire Northamptonshire Nottingham Nottinghamshire P Rutland D D L L Lincolnshire Northamptonshire Nottingham Nottinghamshire Rutland able 4.9 able 4.8 Source: Authorities Local B1 use or sub category include B1a,*Either mixed not specified (this may use B1) B1bc and mixed Ze Source: Statistics Neighbourhood T T 52 East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 T Ze B1bcandmixed useB1) notspecified(thismay*Either mixed includeB1a, B1useor subcategory Local Authorities Source: T Ze B1bcandmixed useB1) notspecified(thismay*Either mixed includeB1a, B1useorsubcategory Figures includeallsite areas given Derby. Rushcliffe, Oadby and Wigston, EastDerbyshire, North Newark&Sherwood, Melton, Lincoln, HighPeak, Chesterfield, EastLindsey, No datafrom: Local Authorities Source: c c ompleted ompleted able 4.10 able 4.11 Rutland P Nottinghamshire Nottingham Northamptonshire Lincolnshire L L D D Rutland P Nottinghamshire Nottingham Northamptonshire Lincolnshire L L D D r r eicestershire eicester eicestershire eicester os indicate no land of that type above threshold. N/K is not known as this part ofthequestionnaire wasnot asthispart N/Kisnotknown aboveos indicate nolandofthattype threshold. ofthequestionnaire wasnot asthispart N/Kisnotknown aboveos indicate nolandofthattype threshold. eak District eak District erbyshire erby erbyshire erby - UnderConstruction 2005/06Employment Land(ha) - Completed 2005/06Employment LandFloorspace (sqm) 1us.* B1 unsp. * B1 unsp. 16,722 10,447 6,400 3,464 4,453 2,366 N/K N/K 946 0.0 0.0 2.0 1.5 1.7 1.3 0.1 0.8 2.7 0 0 17,735 1 1cB oa 2B ie Total Mixed B8 B2 B1Total B1bc B1a 1 1cB oa 2B ie Total Mixed B8 B2 B1Total B1bc B1a 4,805 4,935 N/K N/K 256 0.2 0.0 0.8 1.1 3.1 2.1 0.0 2.3 0.0 0 0 0 0 0 1,147 N/K N/K 0.0 0.0 0.0 2.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 11,205 16,722 10,703 18,681 9,546 4,453 2,366 N/K N/K 0.2 0.0 2.8 4.6 4.8 3.4 0.1 3.1 2.7 0 0 99,472 39,508 6,802 3,506 7,606 4,826 N/K N/K 2.7 0.0 2.4 0.6 2.0 1.7 0.1 5.6 1.6 0 0 0 50,086 57,181 50,432 1,212 3,406 3,236 2,970 15.0 20.2 N/K N/K 0.4 0.0 0.0 1.6 0.1 9.4 0.3 0 0 173,572 80,775 11,702 87,136 56,951 3,364 22.7 13.9 21.3 23.0 20.9 N/K N/K 2.5 1.3 0.0 8.9 0 0 0 272,712 156,376 225,536 98,892 16,722 25,641 13,525 8,014 14.2 42.8 22.4 46.6 41.1 25.5 N/K N/K 4.6 0.0 2.7 0 East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 53 47.7 89.4 11.5 22.4 250.7 568.1 352.0 787.9 329.7 626.3 3085.7 5.4 42.3 50.7 14.3 220.5 407.9 234.3 716.7 284.4 477.5 2,418.9 3.8 0.3 8.0 5.2 0.0 0.3 15.2 47.5 19.6 12.3 111.4 8.8 4.4 2.2 0.0 0.0 5.4 0.0 69.3 17.6 51.7 155.1 0.7 8.1 0.7 7.7 17.6 74.8 68.0 63.3 33.5 84.8 47.8 89.4 11.5 22.4 250.7 568.1 352.0 787.9 329.7 626.3 323.0 3,085.7 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 15.6 11.0 22.2 6.8 93.7 17.8 21.3* 653.3 259.8 493.9 414.2 846.2 173.5** 2,833.6 0.0 0.0 1.6 1.3 3.0 0.0 5.8 0.0 0.0 24.7 36.4 B1a B1bc B1 Total B2 B8 Mixed Total 0.7 92.3 18.4 279.0 556.9 442.7 371.0 845.7 102.4 712.2 0.7 4.8 0.7 7.7 17.6 50.1 66.4 46.4 33.5 68.0 3421.1 2004 2005 2006 264.4 B1 unsp. * - Employment Land Commitments 2006 (ha) Land Commitments - Employment - Total Outstanding Employment Land Commitments (ha) (ha) Commitments Land Outstanding Employment Total - erby erbyshire erby erbyshire eak District eak District os indicate no land of that type above threshold. no land of that typeos indicate above eicester eicestershire eicester eicestershire r D D L L Lincolnshire Northamptonshire Nottingham Nottinghamshire P Rutland East Midlands D D L L Lincolnshire Northamptonshire Nottingham Nottinghamshire P Rutland East Midlands able 4.13 able 4.12 able 4.12 or Corby sites or Corby Source: Authorities Local a lot of sites for not given *land area Wellingborough, Northampton** no data for and no areas f Source: Authorities Local category B1 use or sub include B1a,*Either mixed not specified (this may use B1) and mixed B1bc Ze T T 54 East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 third out of 24 UK key distribution market areas.third distributionmarket outof24UKkey isranked according to research by Prime Logistics, EastMidlands, althoughthenorthern logistics firms, Co so-calledGolden Triangle ofNorthampton, A1.The alongmajor roads suchastheM1and particularly and distributiondepotsintheEastMidlands, floorspace) isthedevelopment ofwarehouses re 4.43 Estates Gazette (25February and4November 2006). co 4.42 Privat T Ze Peak District Derby, Lindsey, SouthHolland,West Rushcliffe, Oadby & Wigston, Kesteven, North Newark&Sherwood, Melton, Mansfield, East Lindsey, Daventry, Chesterfield, Blaby, No datafrom: Source Local Authorities previous status kn able 4.14 ports (that is also reflected inthedataon (thatisalsoreflected ports East Midlands Rutland P Nottinghamshire Nottingham Northamptonshire Lincolnshire L L D D ve o r ve eicestershire eicester sidct oln fta yeaoetrsod(lhuhnt eea oa uhrte isn) N/Kisnot aboveos indicate nolandofthattype threshold (althoughnote several localauthoritiesmissing), eak District erbyshire erby na hspr fteqetoniewsntcmltd NAmeansnotapplicableasalldataisprovided with ofthequestionnaire wasnotcompleted. wn asthispart ring the East Midlands Regionpublishedinthe ring theEastMidlands ntry andLeicesterntry remains themainlocationfor T One ofthemainissueshighlighted inthese he private viewdraws sector onarticles e Sector e Sector View - Employment LandLosses c ommitments T otal 33.6 13.2 N/K N/K 0.7 1.4 7.9 5.3 6.4 0 0 c T onstruction otal under N/K N/K N/K 9.1 1.9 1.9 2.0 3.3 stagnant oronlyslightlyincreasing rents. have beenrelatively few newentrants leadingto r 4.45 developments where rents have risen. to ofspace hasled Shortage ofnewbuildings. shortage withthemajorurbancentres having a been ‘muted’ has intheoffice market Activity half itspeakin1998. andinNottinghamitwasbarely lowest since 1998, L upfigure for2005 take industrialspace inDerby and urban areas thesituationissomewhatdifferent.The 4.44 s fteU,experienced adifficultyear andthere est oftheUK, ietr codn orsac yFcs was the according to research by Focus, eicester, 0 0 0

higher city centre tohigher city outoftown rents andashift T Aw T erti etri h atMdad,asinthe intheEastMidlands, he retail sector tlcmltdTotal previous otal completed ay

from the motorways andcloserto the from themotorways 22.58 0.08 11.5 N/K N/K N/K 0.7 9.4 0.6 0.3 0 status unknown 21.0 15.2 NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 5.4 0.3 East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 55 85 0.2 0.3 0.2 0.2 0.3 105 110 105 150 85 0.2 0.3 0.2 0.2 0.2 100 105 100 135 80 0.2 0.3 0.2 0.1 0.2 100 105 100 135 70 0.1 0.3 0.2 0.1 0.2 100 105 100 135 0.6 1.1 0.9 0.9 0.8 120 155 105 100 135 95 0.5 1.0 0.8 0.9 0.8 115 150 100 135 90 95 0.5 1.0 0.8 0.9 0.8 150 100 140 75 95 0.5 0.8 0.7 0.9 0.9 155 100 118 95 1.5 2.6 1.7 2.0 1.4 105 145 145 140 83 1.4 2.5 1.6 2.0 1.4 100 140 140 135 Type1 Type 1 83 1.4 2.4 1.6 2.0 1.4 100 140 140 140 70 83 1.3 2.3 1.6 2.0 1.4 140 140 160 2003 2004 2005 2006 2003 2004 2005 2006 2003 2004 2005 2006 2003 2004 2005 2006 2003 2004 2005 2006 2003 2004 2005 2006 - Shop Rentals Thousand Pounds/m2/annum Pounds/m2/annum Thousand - Shop Rentals - Office Rentals £/m2/ann tion 2 Type 3 Type tion 2 Type 3 Type Loca Loca erby erby eicester eicester pe 1 Town centre location self contained suite over 1,000sq.m. over suite location self contained centre Town block erected in last 10 years; in office pe 1 good of 150sq.m. in range 1 but suite Type pe 2 As - 400sq.m. centre. house usually just off town former pe 3 Converted Good quality conversion. Best quality fittings pe 1 Prime position in principal shopping centre position in principal shopping pe 1 Prime pe 2 Good secondary centre off peak position in principal shopping 2500sq.m. unit circa warehouse pe 3 Modern purpose built non food - 5000sq.m. location with of town Edge Lincoln Nottingham D L Northampton (type 2 1 and edge of town) Lincoln Nottingham D L Northampton able 4.16 able 4.15 Source: Office Property ReportsValuation July 2006 Ty of finish with a liftstandard parts; and good quality common fittings to car parking limited available Ty Ty throughout; 50sq.m. range in size suite self contained - 150sq.m. car parking heating and limited with central Source: Office Property ReportsValuation July 2006 Ty Ty Ty car parking T T 56 East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 T Type 5Converted exmillunits Type 4Industrial/warehouse unitscirca 1000sq.m. units circa 500sq.m. Ty 2006 July #indicates nodataavailableValuation Reports Property Office Source: T Source: July 2006 July Valuation Reports Property Office Source: able 4.18 able 4.17 Type 5 Type 4 Type 3 Type 2 Type 1 Type T To From e1Salsatruis2s..-7s..Tp usr nt 5s..-20qm Type 3Industrial/warehouse -200sq.m. Type units150sq.m. 2Nursery -75sq.m. units25sq.m. pe 1Smallstarter ypical - IndustrialLand Values £millionperha Rentals£/m2/ann - Industry Y Y 06 05 04 03 06 05 04 03 06 05 04 03 06 05 04 03 06 05 04 03 06 05 04 03 06 05 04 03 06 05 04 03 a otnhmDryLietrNorthampton Leicester Derby Nottingham ear a otnhmDryLietrNorthampton Leicester Derby Nottingham ear Lincoln Lincoln 325 300 300 250 350 325 325 300 300 275 275 250 40 37 35 27 42 40 40 28 47 45 45 38 53 50 50 43 # # # # 525 525 525 450 625 625 625 500 475 475 475 400 20 20 20 20 48 48 48 48 50 50 50 50 60 60 60 58 68 68 68 65 425 425 425 375 525 525 525 450 375 375 375 300 48 40 40 40 64 48 48 48 69 58 58 63 75 65 65 65 # # # # 650 650 650 615 700 660 660 650 450 370 370 370 13 54 50 40 40 56 47 40 40 63 55 50 50 66 60 60 60 # # # 500 500 500 675 650 650 700 750 450 450 450 620 23 50 50 50 53 55 55 55 53 65 65 65 68 85 85 85 78 # # # East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 57 he recently completed Strategic Distribution Strategic completed he recently he conclusions reached in the previous AMR in in the previous reached he conclusions In order to meet the Regional Economic to In order of Northamptonshire in the process is currently T T ember 2006 and highlights the complexities ember 2006 and highlights rking Housing Market across jointly Areas, in order ommended that a transparent framework is framework ommended that a transparent ommends that local employment land reviews employment ommends that local c develop the overall conclusions of their study. of conclusions the overall develop rridor, because the continue is significant and will y sector priorities. Study.Thesewn Centre through will be developed

ilton Keynes & South Midlands agenda and ilton growth c c view of the Regional Spatial Strategy.This requires onfirmed the importance of the sector the to equired to balance market balance needs against policy to equired this policyelation to valid. remain the for Pressure 4.51 & Partners Tym MDS Modal and Roger Study by c of East Midlands,economy an for accounting and output - a 9% of both employment estimated other region.The than in any higher share study re r for potential the sector’s realise to objectives in order future. the foreseeable 4.52 r of B8 uses,development particularly along the M1 co such that they are are locational advantages distribution companies. locations for preferred 4.53 it development economic objectives for Strategy’s of will be necessary offer the regional for be improved. to sites employment A portfolio of with the region across quality will be required sites an emphasis on quality which will help develop sites ke 4.54 in line with the new spatial strategies developing M re 2031.To of 147,000 new jobs by the generation has been undertaken research this various achieve Propertysuch as the Northamptonshire Commercial Land Assessment,and Employment North Northamptonshire Retail Study and Northampton To which will in turn spatial strategies core emerging and of retail in the growth an increase lead to undertook the ‘East Midlands Land Provision Study’ Midlands‘East Land Provision undertook the forecast comparing land provision of employment to supply in order and current requirements future the inform to land requirements indicative propose RSS.Their emerging final report was published in De with undertakingassociated and such an exercise re should be undertaken, local authorities perhaps by wo to here continues to be an increase, be an to continues here comparing he rentals paid in all typeshe rentals of non residential able 4.13 indicates that there has also been an that there able 4.13 indicates Ensuring the adequacy of available Whilst the number of local authorities able to Whilst the number of local authorities able T T T this issue. recently, More & Partners Tym Roger ntral to the success of the economic policies of the of the economic the success to ntral

port but is available on the database that supports on the port but is available olicy Commentary ommitted to warehousing in the East Midlands, in warehousing to ommitted ommitments and leisure developments showed an showed developments ommitments and leisure eflecting a stable, positive, yet sector view of private egional monitoring form was not completed by was not completed form egional monitoring RSS and a number of studies including the Quality of Land Supply Study (QUELS) published Employment been undertakenin July 2002 has already in relation to employment land supply,employment including the monitoring of land allocations,of take-up and the review is ce 4.50 P particularly in Northamptonshire.There declines are retail, to committed in floor space and offices factories this is a small in the case of offices although decline.The direction change, of a few with exceptions, the East Midlands. is the same across 4.47 4.46 2004 and 2005 data, space in the amount of floor c Data Analysis Data the region. property have increased or in a limited number of or in a limited property increased have static.cases remained in part may This be due to inflation but also reflects demand for the continuing propertynon residential in the East Midlands, r many others.many is presented provided information The its incompleteness and due to in the tables above some but it represents with care be viewed needs to of detailed monitoring more in establishing progress land use.The local by provided information development,authorities on leisure a set which listed of developments, in this has not been produced re on in this reportthe evidence available . www.emra.gov.uk 4.49 increase in the total of employment land committed of employment in the total increase 3,086 ha.,in 2005/06 - approximately to compared ha. 2,834 approximately in 2004/05. 4.48 year, on the previous increase this section of the r supply information on floor space,supply information land losses, retail c 58 East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 Nottingham Business Park currently beingdevelopedNottingham BusinessPark 4.57 and Rushcliffe. Newark &Sherwood Mansfield, are nearto theM1), notably inAshfield ofsuchsites (where themajority most outstanding PDLandgreenfield sites available, Ma BusinessPark west of and theMillennium north BusinessParkSherwood inAshfield (closeto theM1) greenfield development isnow complete onthe Notable development hassteadily declined. whereas theamountofgreenfield the figures, C r ofPDLdevelopment hasremained proportion 4.56 policy. encouraging anddemonstrates thesuccess ofthe whichis potential increase inthe2006/07period, pointsto a amount oflandunderconstruction ratetake-up inrecent exhibited intheCity years.The employment usesin2005/06isaround theaverage The amountoflanddeveloped for needs. market adequate supplyofdifferent to meetdifferent types healthy andismeetingitsrequirement to provide an Ta includingthoseinMarket Towns ofexistingbasis topromote andviability town thevitality centres, Lo P 4.55 fitfor locations.with highquality market longer term needto replace non-competitive sites av ofimmediately that there may beashortage Current demandshows market employment land. 4.61 4.60 Results: office andleisure development • Outstandingplanningpermissionsandallocationsfor retail, office andleisure development intown centres • %ofcompleted retail, office andleisure development area by localauthority • Amountofcompleted retail, Indicators: easonably consistent after subtracting theManton easonably consistent subtracting after olliery site take-up (2004/05)whichheavily site take-up skews olliery olicy 23: olicy ial omrilsaei h hr em witha term, ailable commercial space intheshort r a uhrte,emdaandSub-RegionalStrategic shouldwork Partnerships togetheronasub-area cal authorities, nsfield.There are anumberofsignificant nsfield.There get: Significant Nottinghamshire sites include the In Nottinghamshire over thelast3years, D erby’s employment landsupplyiscurrently To Data from www.iggi.gov.uk on Town Centres for 2002. S ee policies2and22for employment landandfloorspace figures

meet localneeds Regional Priorities for Town Centres andRetailDevelopment needs. also demonstrates aresponsive positionto market specific Buseclassatthetimeofmonitoring.This nottiedto any -i.e. either inuseclassB8or ‘mixed’ Mostdevelopment inLeicestershire is preparation. andtheearlystageinLDF local plansintheCounty, allocations are affected by the enddate of2006for but land committed in Leicestershire thanelsewhere, isless thisprocessland studywilltake further.There re to inLeicestershirefrom justthe4outof7districts able shows atotal of15.8haemployment landlost, 4.14 increased slightlyintheEastMidlands).Table except for warehouse floorspace (which whole, the result asa for EnglandandtheEastMidlands issimilarto floorspace decreases across alluses.This 4.59 in Lincolnshire. isbeingmet whether thetarget ‘to meetlocalneeds’ r f treated withcautionastheseare theonlytwo years isencouraging butshouldbe previous year.This Lincolnshire in2005/06wasover twice thatofthe 4.58 Regeneration Zone atthe Waterside isalsoplanned. redevelopment Major inthe at theBootssite. as asubregional businessparkandexpansionland or which complete data is available. Despite the Despite or whichcomplete dataisavailable. neo aasucs itisnotyet possibleto say ange ofdatasources, iwd andthe recent subregional employment viewed,

r eturn data.This shows thatallocationsare being eturn data.This T In Leicestershire there have beenslight he employment landarea completed in East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 59 # # 890 620 830 7,900 5,020 9,800 3,350 7,960 1,030 7,610 3,170 4,350 4,150 1,410 1,970 2,420 2,480 2,010 19,990 10,010 12,170 10,890 19,470 10,080 24,880 11,550 35,090 55,790 18,130 466,850 198,620 378,630 108,390 150,350 (sq m) ffice Floorspace ffice O 6,880 5,950 27,060 25,390 28,440 15,380 36,550 14,560 22,410 47,650 61,510 32,000 11,910 80,860 14,540 31,530 72,690 21,580 24,180 10,270 43,830 29,540 16,020 17,470 16,390 40,380 16,700 10,100 49,190 27,420 119,210 208,880 336,810 275,240 403,620 356,360 (sq m) Retail Floorspace 6.50 5.00 9.50 4.00 5.25 5.75 7.25 9.25 4.00 9.50 5.50 6.25 11.75 13.00 13.50 17.00 21.75 30.25 14.00 35.25 18.00 34.00 45.50 89.50 11.50 43.00 64.75 16.00 14.50 10.00 11.00 18.00 20.25 11.25 157.25 172.25 ea Ar (Hectares) Districts field field field erbyshire Dales erbyshire erbyshire Dales erbyshire erbyshire Dales erbyshire orby oston East Lindsey East Lindsey East Lindsey East Lindsey East Northamptonshire D D Bassetlaw; Lindsey West Bolsover Bolsover B Broxtowe Broxtowe Charnwood Chesterfield City of Derby City of Derby City of Leicester City of Leicester City of Leicester City of Nottingham City of Nottingham City of Nottingham City of Nottingham C Daventry D Amber Valley Amber Valley Amber Valley Amber Valley Ash Ash Ash Bassetlaw Bassetlaw - Town Centre Floorspace 2002 Floorspace Centre Town - Name rksop tlock ablethorpe erby Centre erby ainsborough shbourne orby irby-in-Ashfield ipley oston outh oughborough ondon Road, Derby eicester Centre eicester Retail Core eicester L M Horncastle Skegness Rushden Nottingham Retail Core C Daventry Bakewell Ma A G Bolsover Shirebrook B Eastwood Beeston L Chesterfield D L Road Belgrave L L Bulwell Sherwood Nottingham Centre Hucknall East Retford Wo Alfreton R Belper Heanor Sutton-in-Ashfield K able 4.19 T 60 East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 # indicates datanotavailable www.iggi.gov.uk C A Newark-on-Trent M Ma Lincoln Bailgate Kettering Hinckley Buxton Glossop L Ma Arnold L Ilk W Towc Stamford B Grantham Spalding Sw W Wigston Oadby Northampton W utterworth ong Eaton ourne oalville shby-de-la-Zouch elton Mowbray ellingborough est Bridgford ellingborough Road eston adlincote rket Harboroughrket nsfield ester Name W South Northamptonshire South Kesteven South Kesteven South Kesteven South Holland South Derbyshire Rushcliffe Oadby and Wigston Oadby and Wigston Northampton Northampton Leicestershire WestNorth Leicestershire WestNorth Newark andSherwood M Ma Lincoln Lincoln Kettering andBosworth Hinckley High Peak High Peak Harborough Harborough G Erewash Erewash edling elton ellingborough nsfield Districts (Hectares) Ar ea 23.50 21.25 37.25 22.25 11.50 10.25 73.25 13.75 12.00 29.75 17.00 31.75 71.25 26.25 25.50 20.00 13.50 20.75 16.50 22.25 23.25 4.00 7.50 7.00 6.75 7.50 5.25 8.00 Retail Floorspace (sq m) 195,850 120,990 168,830 59,510 41,630 13,440 90,270 41,360 24,530 11,960 23,350 11,080 14,940 31,420 20,240 72,410 37,460 77,090 52,580 36,400 22,750 33,210 34,730 46,540 54,800 5,910 6,590 8,420 O ffice Floorspace (sq m) 109,490 146,630 14,620 21,610 15,580 11,210 17,630 13,700 30,510 10,460 22,370 25,150 3,130 7,480 6,540 4,810 5,380 8,330 2,040 2,900 5,670 2,900 1,430 5,130 3,010 6,890 7,410 6,890 East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 61 - Rateable Value of Retail Floorspace in Tkown Centres 2002 Centres Tkown in of Retail Floorspace Value - Rateable - Retail Floorspace in Town Centres 2002 Centres Town in - Retail Floorspace igure 4.9 igure igure 4.8 igure www.iggi.gov.uk Copyright.© Crown All rights reserved. East Midlands Regional Assembly, 100038615, 2005 www.iggi.gov.uk Copyright.© Crown All rights reserved. East Midlands Regional Assembly, 100038615, 2005 F F 62 East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 Ze Rutland Northamptonshire, South Rushcliffe ,SouthHolland, Northampton, North West Leicestershire, Newark&Sherwood, Melton, Daventry, Broxtowe, Bolsover, Blaby, No dataprovided by: Source Local Authorities T Ze Rutland Derby, Northamptonshire, South Rushcliffe ,SouthHolland, Northampton, North West Leicestershire, Newark&Sherwood, Melton, Daventry, Broxtowe, Bolsover, Blaby, No dataprovided by: Source Local Authorities T c c ompleted ompleted able 4.21 able 4.20 East Midlands Rutland P Nottinghamshire Nottingham Northamptonshire Lincolnshire L L D D East Midlands Rutland P Nottinghamshire Nottingham Northamptonshire Lincolnshire L L D D r r eicestershire eicester eicestershire eicester os indicate no land of that type above threshold, N/K is not known as this part ofthequestionnaire wasnot asthispart N/Kisnotknown aboveos indicate nolandofthattype threshold, ofthequestionnaire wasnot asthispart N/Kisnotknown aboveos indicate nolandofthattype threshold, eak District eak District erbyshire erby erbyshire erby Retail Gains Retail Gains Total Commitments 2005-06(m Retail Gains Retail Gains Total Completions andUnderConstruction 2005-06(m Centre Centre City City City City 56,754 68,000 56,754 68,000 N/K N/K N/K N/K N/K 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Centres Centres Town Town 28,382 23,763 20,693 10,700 1,003 9,149 6,970 3,830 6,003 N/K N/K N/K N/K N/K 160 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Centres Centres District District 1,246 1,111 7,127 7.094 N/K N/K N/K N/K N/K 135 33 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Centres Centres Local Local 2 ) 43,660 43,646 7,063 4,357 5,438 N/K N/K N/K N/K N/K 26 14 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 E E Centre Centre dge of dge of 29,976 24,175 25,295 1,6621 32,060 8,587 2,581 6,573 4,566 4,300 N/K N/K N/K N/K N/K 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Centre Centre Out of Out of 17,495 12,959 2 ) 2,352 1,626 N/K N/K N/K N/K N/K 277 558 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 151,435 189,566 T T 35,204 15,028 54,413 12,841 32,265 68,000 16,019 11,777 54,346 11,174 62,680 33,410 otal otal 4,357 N/K N/K N/K 160 0 0 0 East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 63 Regional Priorities for Rural Regional Priorities Increase in new business startIncrease ups and new eicestershire County Council, County eicestershire the through An example of a retail development to improve to development An example of a retail In Northamptonshire is a recognised there L ard schemes,ard Studios’ Gate ‘Friar such as the tnerships should work together to promote tnerships should work get: r cal authorities and Sub-Regional Strategic r ntre relief road as well as a new supermarket. as well road relief ntre rw erbyshire which will provide housing and a town housing which will provide erbyshire erby’s bus station into a major leisure destination. a major leisure bus station into erby’s In olicy 24: he Market Towns Initiative also provides a also provides Initiative Towns he Market eicestershire Rural Partnership, Rural eicestershire for grants provides omprehensive development programme to programme development omprehensive educe leakage.Thereeduce policy is a strong push for etailers under the Living and Working Over the Shop Working etailers under the Living and P Diversification Lo Pa and further diversification the continued economy of the rural development Ta jobs Indicators: • Number of new business start ups • New jobs created creative industries development. creative 4.68 the vitality and viability of a district is the centre startlong-awaited in Matlock construction of in work D ce 4.69 of the county and offer the retail improve need to r in its own Northampton centre a regional become to right, as part plans. of MKSM growth 4.70 permission also exists for the redevelopment of the redevelopment also exists for permission D addition, Cityscape, Derby Urban Derby’s Company,Regeneration bring to work to continues fo L r Initiative. Towns scheme as partgrant of the Market T c of market towns wellbeing the economic promote centres. and rural has only been possible to once again use the once has only been possible to om the limited available data on the location available om the limited espite some progress since the last AMR, since some progress espite the

he paucity of information on retailing and on retailing he paucity of information he proposed expansion of Nottingham’s he proposed hose authorities that have not already done so not already hose authorities that have Fr D It T T T located within city,located town, district and local

re ensure that the sequential location of proposed ensure ntres thereby promoting their vitality promoting and thereby ntres viability

ported upon more accurately in future AMRs. ported in future accurately upon more port the 2002 IGGI data that looked to at referring olicy Commentary etail development, Centre Eagle while Derby’s of retail developments supplied by the local supplied by developments of retail authorities, and 84% of 74% of commitments or under construction completed developments we 4.66 and developed retail and leisure facilities can be and leisure retail and developed re 4.64 P information provided in the 2004/05 monitoring in the 2004/05 provided information re the distribution of land in town centres.the distribution of land in town It has not analyse the change in the been possible to land. centre distribution of town 4.62 in the local authority contained monitoring leisure in the identified was a problem questionnaires AMR.previous It increased that an note is pleasing to supply been able to have number of authorities and this is on this issue this year some information 4.20 and 4.21.Tables in presented Despite this, the partial remains the questionnaires from information provide authorities being unable to local with many data makingany meaningful analysis difficult. 4.63 Data Analysis Data extension will provide an additional 48,000 square extension will provide of floorspace.metres Both schemes will significantly vitality retail city and viabilityenhance centre while ce the policy. by as advocated 4.67 is a prime example of city centre Centre Broadmarsh r are again urged to put in place systems and practices systems put in place to again urged are to paucity of information about retail and leisure about retail paucity of information in the East Midlands to developments continues of this assessment of the success hamper a realistic policy of and the extent which the requirements to facilities the location of such for the sequential test been satisfied. have 4.65 Results: Table 4.22 - New business start ups

VAT Reg’s 03 VAT Reg’s 04 VAT Reg’s 05 Net Change in Rural Stock During 05 Category Daventry 325 335 310 70 R80 Derbyshire Dales 305 255 270 40 R80 East Lindsey 385 345 310 20 R80 Harborough 340 365 310 25 R80 Melton 150 150 175 45 R80 North Kesteven 295 255 260 50 R80 Rutland 125 120 140 -10 R80 South Holland 245 210 245 40 R80 South 415 370 395 90 R80 Northamptonshire West Lindsey 225 215 205 15 R80 Bassetlaw 295 300 270 40 R50 East 295 285 295 90 R50 Northamptonshire High Peak 290 280 270 25 R50 Newark and 370 350 325 65 R50 Sherwood North East 270 250 225 30 R50 Derbyshire North West 335 310 295 75 R50 Leicestershire Rushcliffe 355 400 415 145 R50 South Kesteven 450 430 410 85 R50 Amber Valley 325 315 295 70 SR Bolsover 160 155 155 35 SR Boston 160 160 150 5 SR Charnwood 435 425 445 55 SR Annual Monitoring ReportAnnual Monitoring 2005/06 Hinckley and 370 350 375 125 SR Bosworth Kettering 280 285 250 55 SR South Derbyshire 255 270 260 60 SR Wellingborough 220 255 230 35 SR Ashfield 260 260 280 85 OU Chesterfield 295 225 265 80 OU Corby 110 130 120 30 OU East Midlands Regional Spatial Strategy East Midlands Regional Spatial 64 East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 65 LU LU LU LU LU LU LU OU OU OU OU R80 R80 R80 R80 R80 21.8 20.8 18.0 17.9 21.5 100.0 tegory tegory Rural Rural Ca Ca 0 0 0 55 70 95 80 25 70 7.6 7.0 1.9 2.2 5.6 105 170 2,245 2,620 2,505 2,160 2,145 2,585 12,015 2004-05 Stock During 05 21.5 21.3 18.1 17.5 21.5 505 185 235 555 290 225 270 200 905 575 120 100.0 33,662 33,001 39,709 34,049 19,193 12,015 T Reg’s 05T Reg’s Net Change in VA Jobs in 2005 % Change 2,620 2,605 2,215 2,140 2,625 510 170 235 610 255 210 275 245 840 650 150 12,205 T Reg’s 04T Reg’s Total % of 05 Reg’s VAT Total % of 31,276 30,839 38,955 33,308 18,180 12,205 Reg’s 04 Reg’s VA VAT Jobs in 2004* 22.1 21.0 17.4 18.3 21.2 100.0 565 215 245 630 275 260 295 225 875 630 135 29,536 31,290 40,179 30,612 17,769 % of Total % of 12,690 Reg’s 03 Reg’s VAT Jobs in 2003 2,810 2,660 2,205 2,320 2,695 12,690 Reg’s 03 Reg’s VAT - Change in Number of Jobs - East Midlands VAT Registrations VAT - East Midlands - Continued otal tegory elton ansfield Rural erbyshire Dales erbyshire erby Cityerby edling R80 R50 SR OU LU T eicester City eicester Daventry D East Lindsey Harborough M D Lincoln M Northampton Blaby Broxtowe Erewash G L Nottingham Wigston and Oadby East Midlands Ca efra rural definitions rural efra able 4.24 able 4.23 able 4.22 he classification shows the percentage of the area classified as rural, classified as of the area the percentage he classification shows as being either major and then identifies the area he rural classification used to identify the rural nature of local authorities is the Defra rural and urban classification of local authorities is the Defra rural nature identify the rural classification used to he rural Source: NOMIS VAT Source: registrations data NOMIS VAT D T urban (MU;1); urban (LU;2); large other urban (OU;3); (SR;4); significant rural (R80;6) where (R50;5) and rural-80 rural-50 at least 80% is rural and R80 where at 50% is rural R50 is where T which can be found at the following website: at the following which can be found http://statistics.defra.gov.uk/esg/rural_resd/rural_definition.asp. T Net Change is the net gain or loss in the stock of registered enterprises - equal to registrations less de-registrations registrations - equal to enterprises of registered Net Change is the net gain or loss in the stock T T Source: NOMIS VAT registrations data 2005, registrations Source: 2004,VAT NOMIS 2003 66 East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 T able 4.24 Ash W South Derbyshire Kettering B and Hinckley Charnwood B Bolsover Amber Valley South Kesteven Rushcliffe L WestNorth D East North Sherwood Newark and High Peak Northamptonshire East Bassetlaw W Northamptonshire South South Holland Rutland Kesteven North Northampton Northampton M Lincoln D C Chesterfield eicestershire osworth oston orby erbyshire erby City erby City ansfield ellingborough est Lindsey field - Continued Jobs in2003 118,798 112,330 35,933 50,700 28,219 48,337 39,847 32,785 28,531 33,434 37,729 56,068 26,217 20,242 47,313 48,917 36,531 43,523 25,780 37,425 31,163 23,373 42,553 24,500 24,646 33,167 11,795 30,636 Jobs in2004* 126,337 116,502 37,013 51,805 28,468 48,396 41,350 31,998 29,160 35,291 40,455 59,504 24,945 19,960 47,657 47,612 38,498 46,990 24,488 37,949 30,341 23,873 40,731 23,367 25,588 31,908 12,514 30,130 osi 05%Change Jobs in2005 124,136 121,161 39,850 51,669 28,838 48,269 44,337 31,850 30,326 36,378 40,916 58,741 26,568 21,828 48,251 48,267 43,169 48,357 25,540 41,515 30,026 25,996 42,887 23,551 26,571 33,341 12,794 29,812 2004-05 12.1 -1.7 -0.3 -0.3 -0.5 -1.3 -1.0 -1.1 7.7 4.0 1.3 7.2 4.0 3.1 1.1 6.5 9.4 1.2 1.4 2.9 4.3 9.4 8.9 5.3 0.8 3.8 4.5 2.2 Ca Rural tegory R50 R50 R50 R50 R50 R50 R50 R50 R80 R80 R80 R80 R80 OU OU OU OU OU OU OU SR SR SR SR SR SR SR SR East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 67 LU LU LU LU LU LU LU 3.5 5.3 2.0 1.9 3.1 3.0 tegory Rural Ca 9.9 5.8 6.1 7.8 0.8 1.6 4.0 3.0 2004-05 285,683 305,757 294,858 458,260 513,646 1,858,204 Jobs 2005 % Change 04-05 © Crown Copyright.© Crown All rights reserved. East Midlands Regional Assembly, 100038615, 2006 45,589 35,329 39,446 29,967 18,848 159,556 184,911 1,858,204 Jobs in 2005 % Change 276,065 290,482 288,970 449,871 498,270 1,803,659 41,470 33,384 37,162 27,796 18,117 Jobs 2004* 158,270 182,071 1,803,658 Jobs in 2004* 274,130 289,265 282,319 434,164 488,418 35,405 32,743 37,160 31,237 16,568 1,768,296 155,889 179,416 1,768,296 Jobs in 2003 - Percentage Change in Number of Jobs 04-05 Change in Number of - Percentage - Number of Jobs in Rural Categories Categories - Number of Jobs in Rural - Continued otal edling R80 R50 SR OU LU T Rural CategoryRural 2003 Jobs otal eicester City eicester Blaby Broxtowe Erewash G L Nottingham Wigston and Oadby T efra Rural categories Rural efra igure 4.10 igure able 4.25 able 4.24 he classification shows the percentage of the area classified as rural, of the area the percentage he classification shows as being either and then identifies the area he rural classification used to identify the rural nature of local authorities is the Defra rural and urban of local authorities is the Defra rural nature identify the rural classification used to he rural major urban (MU;1); urban (LU;2); large other urban (OU;3); (SR;4); significant rural (R50;5) and rural-80 rural-50 at least 80% is rural and R80 where at 50% is rural R50 is where (R80;6) where classification which can be found at the following website: at the following classification which can be found http://statistics.defra.gov.uk/esg/rural_resd/rural_definition.asp. T Source: Business Inquiry Annual report monitoring that published in the previous from ONS and differs by * 2004 data has been revised T F Source: Business Inquiry Annual D report monitoring that published in the previous from ONS and differs by *2004 data has been revised T T 68 East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 performing aswell aslarge urbanareas.performing rural areas appearto be butoverall, of jobs, some rural areas have seenadeclineinthenumber mapshows that increase wasinrural (R50)areas.The largest with a2.1%increase from 2003to 2004).The saw a3%increase inthenumberofjobs(compared 4.76 R50andR80). defined asthemostrural (i.e. council areas occurred indistrict business start-ups more than42%ofnew year, third consecutive isnoteworthy thatfor the It economy are succeeding. diversification anddevelopment oftherural evidence to suggestthatpoliciesgeared towards the there is employed intheRegion’s industries, primary 4.75 P to future datarevision. andissubject the past, problems in experienced classificationandaccuracy when interpretingtaken theABIdataasithas Somecare needsto be rural areas oftheregion. percentage changeover thisperiodwasinthemore The largest from 2004to 2005. the EastMidlands that there wasa3percent growth inemployment in 4.74 included inthe VAT registration statistics. small firmsorthoseexempt from VAT are not 4.73 appear to beonaparwiththoseinurbanareas. upsinrural areas would New start enterprises. areas thereall otherlocalauthority wasanetgainin In but oneofwhichwere inthelarge urbancategory. all or asmalllossinonlyfour areas, localauthority r or lossinthestock ofregistered enterprises -equalto measures thenetgain It 2004/5 monitoring report. included following thesuggestionmadein 4.72 these areas from 21.5%in2004to 21.8%in2005. upsin ofnewstart slight increase intheproportion leadingto a ups stayed rural areas, thesameinvery However thenumberofnewstart 12,015 in2005. M 4.71 Data Analysis egistrations less de-registrations.There wasnogain egistrations lessde-registrations.There olicy Commentary olicy idlands fell marginally from 12,205in2004 to T T T T Ov D he Annual Business Inquiry (ABI)datashows he AnnualBusinessInquiry he limitationofthedatausedisthatvery he netchangefigure for 2005hasbeen he numberofnew VAT registration intheEast espite thecontinuing declineinthenumbers erall from 2004to 2005the EastMidlands to administered by theCounty Council Pa L through the funded by emda De Fa The Scheme. De Retail and theRural Business Grant the Rural Micro Buildings Initiative, Redundant the NewLife for include areas.These diversification inrural encourage andsupport provides grant schemesto the Leicestershire Rural Partnership, 4.77 • Numberofovernight stays inregion • spendinginregion Visitor • Numberofnewjobsintourist related activities Indicators: • Tourism to contribute 4.5%ofregion’s GDPby 2010 • spendinginregion toVisitor increase by 2%by • 15,000newjobsintourism by 2008 Ta ontheenvironmentimpact andlocalamenity economic benefitwhilstminimising adverse potential for tourismgrowth whichmaximises Pa Fr Local Development Development Plans, P 2010 eicestershire Economic olicy 25: olicy mwrs tourismstrategies andSSP ameworks,

rmers r r r help farm-baseddiversification. v v nrhp(SP,is tnership (LSEP), gets: tnerships shouldseektoidentify areas of elopment Grant, elopment L ietrhr onyCucl through eicestershire County Council, Regional Priorities for Tourism East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 69 2.9 1.5 5.1 4.6 7.3 7.9 8.0 9.7 4.7 -7.5 15.6 24,015 18,995 16,399 13,138 22,547 95,124 jobs 2004/05 rce: ssembly, 100038615, 2006 8,116 1,356 22,091 10,366 19,653 20,257 21,031 14,388 24,602 Sou Annual Business Inquiry Copyright. © Crown All rights reserved. East Midlands Regional A 141,858 1,840,952 24,316 18,979 16,156 12,607 21,547 93,635 7,999 9,909 1,173 21,023 18,318 21,900 19,492 13,317 22,424 135,554 1,835,608 16,73 24,510 19,158 12,624 21,622 94,563 9,228 9,240 1,219 25,639 17,269 16,245 21,004 12,282 20,860 2002 2004 2005 132,987 1,791,173 Jobs in 2003 Jobs in 2004* in 2005 Jobs % Change in - Proportion of Workforce in Tourism Related Industries 2005 Tourism in Workforce - Proportion of - Employment Supported by Tourism Expenditure (Full time Equivalents) time Equivalents) Expenditure (Full Tourism Supported- Employment by - Jobs in tourist related activities- Jobs in tourist related erbyshire and erbyshire erby erbyshire eak District eicestershire and eicestershire eicester eicestershire D P L Rutland Lincolnshire Northamptonshire Nottinghamshire East Midlands D D L L Lincolnshire Northamptonshire Nottingham Nottinghamshire Rutland East Midlands England igure 4.11 igure able 4.27 able 4.26 Source: Activity Model) www.eastmidlandstourism.co.uk Economy Tourism STEAM (Scarborough T F Source: Inquiry, Business Annual industries related National Statistics definition of tourism report monitoring that published in the previous from ONS and differs by * 2004 data has been revised T Results: 70 East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 sector of thatlocaleconomy.sector althoughitstillremains animportant in Lincolnshire, t areas have seenanincrease inemployment in T the information presented inthe2004/05 report. means thatitwould nothave beencompatible with information andtheway iscollected itispresented The way theUKTS agencies intheEastMidlands. r relatesModel) whichmore directly to theindicators STEAM (Scarborough Tourism Economy Activity information hasbeenusedfrom In thisReport The measure.used althoughthisonlyprovided apartial from theUnited Kingdom Tourism (UKTS) was Survey 4.78 Data Analysis (in terms ofthenumbersemployed) andin Rutland Lincolnshire andDerbyshire Nottinghamshire, in particularly Midlands, employment for theEast 4.79 P T ore STEAM(Scarborough Tourism Economy Model)www.eastmidlandstourism.co.uk Activity Source: T STEAM(Scarborough Tourism Economy Model)www.eastmidlandstourism.co.uk Activity Source: equired andisconsistent with datausedby other ourism between 2004and2005there wasadecline he ABIemployment datashows thatalthoughmost able 4.28 able 4.29 olicy Commentary olicy East Midlands Nottinghamshire Northamptonshire Lincolnshire Rutland L P D East Midlands Nottinghamshire Northamptonshire Lincolnshire Rutland L P D eicestershire and eicestershire and eak District eak District erbyshire and erbyshire and T In the 2004/05 Annual Monitoring Report data In the2004/05AnnualMonitoring Report ourism remains an important source of ourism remains animportant - Number of Overnight Stays (Overseas and Domestic andDomestic Stays(Overseas - NumberofOvernight Visitors) £Millions - Spendby Visitors (StayingandDay)£Million 0220 2005 2004 2002 0220 2005 2004 2002 41.38 5,206 12.36 1,257 1,109 1,287 7.86 5.92 6.20 9.05 702 864 and improve thevisitor experience throughout oftheirtourism andaccessibility product, the quality V L 4.82 increasing provision ofrural facilities. include whichmay diversification activities, forbeing developed rural to ensure opportunities Specific policiesare andfinedining. such aswalking information centres andthepromotion ofactivities ov management isagoalto increase visitor spendand 4.81 the numberofrecognised intheregion. attractions potential remains inviewof thatfurther seems likely area althoughit progress beingmadeinthispolicy and numbersofovernight stays are anindicationof spendby visitors by tourism expenditure, supported Increasing levels ofemployment use ofSTEAMdata. the previous AMRhave now beenaddressed by the 4.80 significant numbersofjobsthroughout theRegion. butwith oftotal jobs), (in terms oftheproportion eicestershire Rural Partnership administers theRural isitor Grant Scheme (RVGS) toisitor helpbusinessesraise Grant Scheme(RVGS) ernight stays includingareview oftourist T L destination for example, In Northamptonshire he tourism issuesidentifiedin datareliability ietrhr onyCucl through the eicestershire County Council, 41.59 5,216 12.10 1,109 1,293 1,264 7.72 6.08 6.20 9.50 721 828 42.74 5,351 12.35 1,342 1,112 1,285 8.08 6.32 6.32 9.67 762 850 East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 71 48 11 99.7 99.8 97 48 11 98 93 48 11 94 he Toolkit is intended to ensure that new ensure to is intended Toolkit he In September 2004,The and Information T gets: all. r

55 21 gency (emda) with in-kind support the from ommunications Technology Toolkit was Toolkit ommunications Technology xisting broadband infrastructure;xisting broadband and promote speed broadband servicesspeed broadband ommissioned by the East Midlands ommissioned by Development 99.9 99.9 improving the productivity the improving of business and the but also states of the region competitiveness future competitive, remain to that in order the public and in the investment sectors plan for need to private next and infrastructure, technologies generation particularly areas, rural remote in the more so that available benefits remain technological the newest to progressively improve the level of service from the level improve progressively e businesses,and use of ICT by up the take and the sectorspublic and voluntary Ta 2006 by Regional coverage • Full 2010 online by trading • 20% of businesses Indicators: high- to homes with access • Proportion of region’s services broadband up of Take • Results: Regional Assembly for use by planning authorities use by for Regional Assembly and construction developers. Subsequently, the Agency (SEEDA) South East of England Development in January 2006. Toolkit of the funded an update 4.88 property individual properties (from developments planned, are major urban developments) right up to designed and built with ICT in mind, based on established best practice.This in an will result in the property improvement stock and it will bring and businesses. communities the benefits of ICT to 4.87 C c A 97 55 21 98 East Midlands UK 93 55 21 94 Q3 2004 Q1 2005 Q4 2005 Q3 2004 Q1 2005 Q4 2005 - Proportion of households covered by broadband (%) by - Proportion of households covered Regional Priorities for ICT Regional Priorities of the fourth quarter of 2005 nearly all East

he statistics indicate that with 99.9% regional he statistics indicate the East for Strategy he Regional Economic age of broadband infrastructure, age of broadband Information and Communications Technology and Communications Information As T T able r otal DSL C FWA T tnerships should work with the private sector with the private tnerships should work r cal Authorities and Sub-Regional Strategic and Sub-Regional cal Authorities ve idlands 2006-20 ‘A Flourishing Region’ Flourishing ‘A identifies the idlands 2006-20 idlands’ households (99.9%) including those in rural ood fuel industries and skillsood fuel industries and development. olicy Commentary olicy 26: able 4.30 he actual take-up services of the broadband is more eicestershire. and 24 important Also Policies (across forestry of assist in the development to eicestershire elated businesses that have supported tourism, that have businesses elated local (ICT) widely acknowledged are as a developments to and desire competitiveness of an area’s measure advance. 4.85 and use of ICT infrastructure as critical to provision 4.84 the final quarter by of 2005, coverage broadband the has been virtually of full coverage target achieved. 4.86 M P difficult to measure but qualitative evidence but qualitative measure difficult to suggests that, of the UK, as in the rest this is increasing. 4.83 M to had access areas and sparsely populated 94% in quarter (up from broadband of 2004). three T Data Analysis Data Source: Ovum www.dti.gov.uk T Pa Lo the Regional bodies to improve and regional co areas; particularly and peripheral in rural P w L Economy Woodland 25) is the National Forest Business Support (WEBS) and in Derbyshire Project L r SECTION 5 environment

Key Points Actions In the Peak District National Park 72% of SSSIs, were Continuous assessment by Natural England in unfavourable condition, in comparison to 42% helps the East Midlands Regional Assembly nationally (EMRA) target its action EMRA has set milestone targets nationally for each year to 2010, in order to achieve its aims The Moors for the Future project has improved Lobby CLG, the Department for Environment conditions but the programme is in jeopardy due to Food and Rural Affairs (defra) & the European the uncertainty over future ESA grant support Union to maintain grant support The population of both farmland and woodland Further significant region-wide positive change birds show increases, with the recorded populations in the farmland bird index is not likely to of farmland birds almost returning to their 1994 happen until there has been widespread levels and those for woodland birds remaining implementation of the new agri-environment significantly above the 1994 recorded population schemes Defra’s Countryside Stewardship agri- environment scheme, the Entry and Higher Level of the Environmental Stewardship scheme, has been implemented, with particularly high rates of take-up compared to other regions; these will show biodiversity benefits over time The launch in October of the Region’s Biodiversity Strategy; Putting Biodiversity Back on the Map, will be a key tool in guiding EMRA’s work on biodiversity; its priorities for action are reflected in the revised Regional Spatial Strategy (RSS) The figure for woodland creation is once again The Regional Forestry Framework for the East significant but falls well short of the rate required to Midlands;‘Space4trees’ was published in 2005. meet the target set out in the RSS This will guide the future work of the Forestry Commission and its partners in the region Take up of Landscape Character Assessment The existing indicator, whilst acting as a very coverage has now made significant progress across useful first step towards gaining a better the Region understanding of the region’s diverse landscapes, needs to be refined and further more meaningful indicators developed There is a need for criteria based policies in Local Development Documents and Annual Monitoring ReportAnnual Monitoring 2005/06 Supplementary Planning Documents (SPDs). Work has been done in the Region to develop detailed SPDs for use by Development Control Officers.This work needs replicating more widely Planning permissions granted contrary to Environment Agency advice on water quality grounds show a substantial decline and well on the way to meeting the target of zero permissions granted East Midlands Regional Spatial Strategy East Midlands Regional Spatial 72 East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 73 tions er the coming months er the coming ogress is being made on undertakingogress amework Directive will be led by the will be led by Directive amework he Region’s response to the EU Water the EU to response he Region’s zero and carbon neutral towards he move esponsibility of local authorities; of the the role Ac T Fr Agency out and will be worked Environment ov Pr Risk Assessments, Flood Strategic the which are r Agency in these studies,Environment as set out in PPS25, be established in each case needs to that does not be an issue SuDS still appears to engage local authorities. to Action is required the implementation through increased ensure Regional Plan T Regional (in the emerging carbon development in favour another driver provide well Plan) may of CHP y Points mained less than expected ssessments have either been undertaken,ssessments have or are he region has seen much increased interest in interest much increased has seen he region renewable for targets has challenging he region he uptake of Combined Heat and Power (CHP) has Heat and Power he uptake of Combined he EU Water Framework Directive will continue to will continue Directive Framework Water he EU T and the number of installations wind development markedlyis expected increase in the next to year T is uncertainty there and generation energy that all will be met the targets planned, to and respond understated better to flood risk to in relation proposals development on Only 6 local authorities supplied figures Schemes (SuDS);Sustainable Drainage in all 13 for planning permission was granted SuDS which contained developments T re Ke as part Assembly the Regional Studies by of the that shown RSS have revised of the development will be shortthe region if future in the of water use, water not taken reduce are to measures particularly in new developments T the protection and improvement for be a key driver the next for 25 years, environment of the water with resource water of integrated concept its central basins water management for Risk Flood A significant number of Strategic A 74 East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 5.1 INTRODUCTION P olicy No. 8Priorities for 28 30 ARegional 29 27 T his section provideshis section analysisonthefollowing Environment Policy Areas contained inRSS8: Landscape of theRegion’s Enhancement and M the Pr Biodiversity the Region’s Enhancing Cov W Increasing Ta A C Natural and Region’s the Enhancing and Pr ultural ssets anagement oodland iorities for otecting r P get for T er olicy olicy itle Interest (SSSI) Scientific Special as Sites of land classified c in the Improvements measures c and cultural assets natural and damage to Case created w Area ofnew (LCAs) A Character Landscape by covered % ofregion significance sub-regional r national, international, of including sites v their intrinsic designated for areas typ species (by habitats and priority including: importance, biodiversity areas of Change in egional or ondition of ompensatory alue ssessments oodland Indicators ) and e); s of Key Key Indicator Effect Significant RSS Core RSS Core S oe 65,000 RSS Core Indicator Effect Significant Regional Core Indicator Effect Significant Regional Core Co Core / Core nt ex tual rural areas 100% of of RSS8 in Appendix5 Ta & Recreation M Habitat Biodiversity Regional To 2021 byhectares by c favourable SSSIs in 95% of assets of cultural No netloss ondition anagement r

Tar meet gets listed 2010 e Status get Co behind target significant but creation is W recovery recovery showing small wild birds P LC being made G av Little newdata opulation of ood progress oodland As ailable ve

r increasing age of Prog r ess England Natural Heritage English England, Natural Fo Ac Biodiversity LA returns C ommission Sources r tion Plans estry East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 75 tion Plans Sources gency gency LA returns LA returns - Environment A - Biodiversity Ac Environment A ess r Prog ds zero ailable ailable ailable ear ear Data shows substantial decline towar target Little change previous from y Data not yet av Data not yet av Data not yet av Little change previous from y get Status er quality t the gets to be gets to gets set Tar rridors in r r ecrease gency elating to estoration Ta developed r urban waterfront and areas protection and r of wildlife habitats along river co both urban and rural (see areas policy 28 also) targets set targets by Environment A D 2001 from levels to Reduce zero Ta in Regional Sports Strategy Wa tual ex nt Core / ntextual ntextual Co RSS Core RSS Core Significant Effect Indicator Co Co RSS Core RSS Core Regional Core Significant Effect Indicator RSS Core RSS Core Key ess to Indicators c gency advice gency Water ecreational urban waterfronts Biodiversity and wildlife habitats Planning permissions granted contrary to Environment A on water quality grounds Number of listed buildings at risk Number of new sports and r facilities per provided population served Environment A Quality measures Ac itle olicy T rridors P iorities for iorities iorities or Sports A Regional to Approach the Water Environment Regional Pr the Historic Environment Pr for Strategic River Co Pr f and Recreation al facilities 34 Regional 33 32 Regional 31 No. olicy P 76 East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 P olicy No. 41 Regional 40 Regional 36 A Regional Energy Renewable for Pr Efficiency and Reduction f Pr Fl M to Approach or Energy ood Risk ood Risk anaging iorities iorities P T olicy olicy itle facilities energy r additional C facilities Power Heat and C additional C undertaken assessments risk strategic flood of No. risk at 1%flood properties No. (SuDS) Schemes Drainage Sustainable granted with permissions Planning grounds defence on flood A Environment to contrary granted permissions Planning enewable ombined apacity of apacity of apacity gency advice gency Indicators Key Key Indicator Effects Significant RSS Core Co RSS Core Core Regional RSS Core RSS Core Co ntextual ntextual Core / Core nt ex tual developed be Ta of RSS8 Appendix 6 targets in To by 511 MWe r

Tar meet gets to 2010 e Status get r F target move to helping to Guidance New Govt. place assessments in number of Increase inthe av 1st year data made progress being Steady y from previous Little change eturned data ew LAs ear ailable wards Prog r ess A Environment LA returns A Environment LA returns Tr Energy Tr Energy gency gency gency ends ends Sources East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 77 otecting the and Enhancing Pr Some indicators are defined in terms of the cases defined in terms are Some indicators gets: r olicy 27: he cultural assets of the region include listed assets of the region he cultural ondition by 2010 ondition by ompensatory measures omparisons or for time series analysis. time omparisons or for P Assets and Cultural Natural Region’s T buildings, areas, conservation historic parks and gardens, and scheduled battlefields registered monuments ancient Ta assets or cultural • No net loss of natural Service (PSA) Public Agreement Government’s The • of Special Scientific 95% of the Sites have is to target or recovering in favourable (SSSI) areas Interest c Indicators: and assets and cultural natural of damage to • Cases c of land classified as in the condition • Improvements SSSI indicators and whether they are either logical in the either they are and whether indicators the impact or measure formulated are that they way of the policy concerned. 5.6 terms. than in quantitative or case studies rather valuable examples provides While the use of specific such it is not clear how information qualitative general for can be used indicators qualitative c Issues remain regarding the definition of some the regarding Issues remain Much of the information gathered comes from comes gathered Much of the information A number of data issues were raised in the raised were A number of data issues Where possible indicators are shown that shown are indicators possible Where ollect on Sustainable Drainage information c

ther than dwellings. authorities had More oodland created. igures 5.1 a and b- SSSI condition Sept 2006 5.1 a and b- SSSI condition igures here are still some indicators where information is information where still some indicators are here ompleted a Landscape Character Assessment and a Character a Landscape Assessment ompleted ompare the East Midlandsompare of the with other regions Results: Effects Significant Indicator Source: England Natural East Midlands F England difficult to obtain e.g.difficult to of new data on the area w 5.5 number indicated they were in the process of in the process they were number indicated undertaking such an Assessment. in Such work picked up in the indicator is not always progress definitions. 5.4 by provided secondary information and from sources Agency. Environment such as the organisations T c UK and intra-regionally. However, cases data in many level. regional at the intra is not available addition, In available,and where time have changes in data over time series data consistent although been presented available. is not always 5.3 Report2004/05 Annual Monitoring (AMR) which the in assembling the data for been addressed have 2005/06 Report. used questionnaire example the For to on sites information Schemes (SuDS) requested ra 5.2 c Data Issues Data 78 East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 ore Natural England Source: to T to 2006. 68%atSeptember 2005, asofSeptember 52%, from rising as favourable orunfavourable recovering, oflandclassed significant progress withtheproportion hasmade monitoring period2005/06theEastMidlands However duringthe behind thenationasawhole. stilllags The EastMidlands unfavourable recovering. the SSSIareas were classedasfavourable or r meetingthePSA i.e. unfavourable recovering, wereEast Midlands classedasfavourable or 5.8 Data Analysis enhancement ofthesesites. c andismeetingits being adequately conserved Favourable condition meansthat theSSSIis target’. re assessed asbeinginfavourable orunfavourable aSSSIiscurrently If and is ‘not meetingthePSAtarget’. c destroyed part ordestroyed unfavourable declining, currently assessedasbeinginunfavourable nochange, aSSSIis If destroyed part anddestroyed. declining; re c There are sixreportable assessed by Natural England. 5.7 T the greatest contributor to unfavourable condition. qieet nEgad so etme 06 73%of 2006, asofSeptember InEngland, equirement. nevto betvs oee,there isscope for the However, objectives. onservation ondition itisdescribedasbeinginadverse condition unfavourable favourable; ondition categories: he increase for Englandover thesame periodwas68% able 5.1 co co

Nottinghamshire Northamptonshire Lincolnshire L D 73%.The condition of blanket bogintheDark Peak condition ofblanket is 73%.The eicestershire erbyshire T ve ve As he condition oftheSSSIlandinEnglandis ring condition itisdescribedas ‘meeting thePSA unfavourable unfavourable nochange; ring;

fSpebr20,68%oftheSSSIareas inthe 2006, of September - County SSSI condition Sept 2006 SSSIcondition- County Sept Ta Meeting % Area 67.23% 70.42% 60.65% 66.86% 35.67% r PSA get 05 Ta Meeting % Area 69.93% 84.79% 74.30% 67.25% 51.89% r PSA get 06 Fa % Area v 11.58% 60.33% 59.64% 22.32% 18.26% ourable Unfavourable Recovering av dataisnow between 1918and1995.This of parkland ontheloss didreport 2004/5 AnnualMonitoring Report damage.The on saving theseassetsfrom lossorfurther to target resourceslocal authoritiesandtheirpartners approach allows EnglishHeritage, historic assets.This ra 5.11 219). r in oftheseareas, which willdefinethespecialcharacter authorities are preparing Conservation Area Appraisals, althoughthere isevidence thatlocal methodologies, proved to monitor usingobjective difficultaspects 5.10 C P increases. -registering substantial and Northamptonshire (T areas classedasfavourable orunfavourable recovering Allcounties have shown anincrease intheSSSI target. progress madeintheregion towards achievingthePSA 5.9 over future ESAgrantsthe uncertainty support. c landowners -have moved thisfigure upwards F byMoorland restoration Moorsfor the work undertaken % Area 58.35% 24.46% 14.66% 44.93% 33.63% esponse to theBest Value Performance Indicator (BVPI onsiderably buttheprogramme isinjeopardy dueto uture and its partners -theNational uture anditspartners Trust andprivate olicy Commentary olicy ultural Assets be51 ihtrecute ebsie Lincolnshire able 5.1)withthree counties -Derbyshire, ther than a systematic collection oflossordamagetother thanasystematic collection ailable by local authority areaailable by from local authority the Heritage Information level thesignificant atcounty reflects T At he lossoflandscapeortownscape have character

rsn,monitoring isfocusing onassets ‘atpresent, risk’ Unfavourable 24.78% 12.93% 24.34% 29.63% No Change 0.48% % Area 25.23% 18.48% 5.29% 2.13% 8.18% Unfavourable Declining % Area Destroyed Destroyed % Area / Part / Part 0.00% 0.14% 0.00% 0.23% 0.00% East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 79 iorities for Enhancing the Pr or many sites,or many relatively the issues are A particular concern is that in the Peak DistrictA particular in the Peak is that concern F get: cal Authorities, agencies, environmental r otected Area (EU Birds Directive) and Special Area Directive) Birds (EU otected Area ash through securing the support securing the ash through Eastern of the olicy 28: ea Fisheries Committee in developing sustainable in developing Committee ea Fisheries areas of the Peak District uplands, and Derbyshire of the Peak areas species in woodlands, of non-native presence ondition, 42% nationally. to in comparison an For egional significance or Conservation (EU Habitats Directive) this is (EU Habitats Directive) or Conservation W S shell fisheries. in Northamptonshire Improvements the notification of a in the main through come have Pits SSSI. Gravel Valley the Nene SSSI - large 5.17 SSSIs, 72% of National Park in unfavourable were c importance with international area such as a Special Pr f a planning and management point significant from of view at local, and national level. regional are There of some the condition why a number of reasons SSSIs is poor. In the East Midlands the main reasons include: burning in extensive and inappropriate overgrazing • lack of management,• and control deer and grazing in the lowlands, or lack of grazing under grazing • and lakes, pollution of our rivers • Wash. The in unsustainable fishing • 5.18 P Biodiversity Region’s Lo together and businesses should work developers change’‘step in the increase a major to promote biodiversity of the Region’s level Ta Habitat Management meet Regional Biodiversity To • Targets and Recreation Indicator: importance, of biodiversity • Change in areas including: priority type); habitats and species (by and including their intrinsic value for designated areas of international,sites national, or sub- regional r straightforward with advice and management straightforward with advice the problems. address sufficient to agreements In other cases, changes in policy and action across required. whole landscapes are monitor progress towards this target, towards progress monitor Natural

he East Midlands Region as a whole has made he Government has set a target for 95% of for has set a target he Government he implementation and monitoring of Policy and monitoring he implementation Within Derbyshire there were two reasons for reasons two were there Within Derbyshire T T To T ntly been agreed and are being implemented. being and are ntly been agreed better conservation.better Additionally, it has enabled is has affected four major SSSIs. four is has affected Secondly, the

wards it by 2010. it by wards for a key target is now This ce ounts website (see link below).Thisounts website data shows his continuous assessment has given Natural assessment has given his continuous ear to 2010. ear to ounties of the Region the situation is close to the ounties of the Region the situation is close to Th the Future,Moors for Heritage Lottery funded project years. in the last two progress has made real In Lincolnshire, been made on the have improvements national average. 5.16 made in were substantial improvements why 2005/06. Firstly, of ESA delivery a as a result process number of Moorland Management Plans have re the setting of milestone targets nationally for each nationally for targets the setting of milestone y 5.15 years, the past three over good progress but is behind the national target. the lowland Across c England a good understanding of the reasons why England a good understanding of the reasons not meeting the needs of the wildlife are some sites support. to designated they are It also helps target activities efficiently and identify policy more blocks to England is visiting and assessing each of the 4000 England is visiting and assessing each of everyplus SSSIs in England at least once six years. T Natural England,Natural its partners and the owners and for and wildlife occupiers of these most valuable geological sites. 5.14 Natural Assets Natural 5.13 or moving condition be in favourable SSSIs to to 27 should be considered alongside that of Policy 31 alongside that of Policy 27 should be considered Environment.The the Historic for Regional Priorities is primary environment of data on the historic source - ‘Heritage Counts and regional the annual national Environment’ of the Historic State reports (see ). www.heritagecounts.org.uk C parkland hotspots where some regional loss 70% e.g. was over dates these between Northampton, and districts on the edge of Leicester coalfield in the former the main towns around areas areas, notably Chesterfield and Mansfield. 5.12 80 East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 Sou F T IndicatorSignificant Effects Results: Sou able 5.2 igure 5.2 England South West South East W East ofEngland East Midlands Humber Yo East North WestNorth c:Defra rce: c:Defra rce: est Midlands rkshire and Pe East Midlands East Midlands Wild Bird Indicators 1994-2004(brackets indicate numberofspecies) rc entage ChangeAllFarmland Bird Species1994-2004 % Changein Indicator 12 21 15 23 -3 -2 5 1 7 Declining (% Total) No ofspecies 29 (30) 24 (31) 30 (38) 30 (38) 25 (33) 22 (27) 18 (21) 27 (31) 23 (27) Increasing (% Total) No Species 44 (46) 36 (46) 34 (43) 37 (46) 36 (47) 40 (49) 48 (57) 47 (55) 49 (58) T otal Number of Species 96 78 79 80 76 81 84 86 85 East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 81 though care should be exercised in should be exercised though care , at said, the East Midlands appear to results ry Th ve co eflect national monitoring, that overall which shows the is similar to farmland birds for egional trend the RSS on the region’s biodiversity.the RSS on the region’s Of all major land use sectors, over has least influence the RSS probably birds, wild quality of farmland habitats for the overall in trends long-term which is what determines most of the populations across farmland bird land area.Region’s losses of farmland to Local do occur,development do not affect but probably extent measurable at any to these population trends level. a regional 5.23 r steady. generally populations are wild bird The r national short-term trend, that the rate which shows be to appears of decline of most farmland birds down.slowing reached have even species may Some of the curve’‘bottom the localised and show re land use planning has claiming that strategic this.influenced populations bird Regional woodland rise, a moderate showed the slight from differing seen nationally.decrease which this to degree The factors is impossible to unrelated is due to increase judge. entage Change in Wild Birds Indicator 1994-2004 Indicator Wild Birds in entage Change rc Pe in previous years it has again been difficult years in previous

he view of the RSPB is that the proxy indicator he view of the RSPB is that the proxy he 2004/05 monitoring report a he 2004/05 monitoring showed by increased birds he population of woodland T As T T elopment (UKSD). ollect on this indicator. information A proxy v c

olicy Commentary igure 5.3 igure he direction the same of change has remained 5.22 P is a very of used here of the influence poor measure although the rate of increase in the population has of increase although the rate off, level begun to slight has been a although there 2003 and 2004. between increase 5.20 of farmland species of 95 in the population decrease in the East Midlands 1994 and 2003. between The 2004 shows the period 1994 to data comparing latest so that the population of of this decrease a reversal is nearly the same as that in 1994. farmland birds 5.21 14% in the East Midlands 1994 and 2003. between T indicator has been used - data on the population of indicator UK Sustainable from and farmland birds wild birds De Data Analysis Data 5.19 to Source: Defra F 82 East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 T T Fo grant aidedby theForestry Commission andthearea ofwoodland creation carriedoutby andrestocking the c explainedthatdata He “onRegion over thelast5years. thenumberoftrees planted ineachregion isnot 5.27 Results: • Area ofnewwoodland created by 2021 -65,000hectares Indicator and Target: w Lo P T government.” c 5.25 designed to capture suchinformation. Sy easier infuture astheBiodiversity Reporting Action (BAP) habitatscreated by wildlife trusts)may be areas ofBiodiversityPlan Action organisations (e.g. by projects other biodiversity delivery direct of monitoring andreporting framework.The policy of neworenhanced habitatsandinfluencingthe delivery boththrough direct enhanced biodiversity, r across theregion bygreat awide dealofactivity thatthere we isa know significant changeover time, 5.24 particularly highrates compared oftake-up toparticularly other with Stewardship schemehasbeenimplemented, andHigherLevelthe Entry oftheEnvironmental C 1 1 T ange of public and voluntary bodiesto deliverange ofpublicandvoluntary ollected. However, we do know thearea we ofwoodland doknow created andthearea felling restocked after thathasbeen However, ollected. onnection to development and by a large range of bodies, including the voluntary sector andlocal sector includingthevoluntary to developmentonnection andby alarge range ofbodies, ountryside Stewardship agri-environmentountryside scheme, able 5.4 able 5.3 able 5.4 F F olicy 29: olicy oodland tomeetaregional oftree target cover ofan additional65,000hectares by 2021 able 5.5 tm(AS a enitoue,whichis stem (BARS)hasbeenintroduced, r gr o3 ac 06 notcomplete planting year igure to 2006, 31March gr o3 ac 06 notcomplete plantingyear igure to 2006, 31March a uhrte,evrnetlaece,developers andbusinesses shouldhelptocreate new areas of environmental agencies, cal authorities, sr omsinisl.hs iue r ie ntefloigtbe.Inadditionplantingiscarriedout in figures are given inthefollowing tables. Commission itself.These estry East Midlands East Midlands East Midlands East Midlands T Ac Although thisproxy indicator shows little he Secretary ofState inarecent Parliamentary answer hasprovidedhe Secretary anestimate oftrees planted inthe r oss theregion thesuccessor to Defra’s Grant aidedwoodland creationclaimspaidinfinancialyear (areainhectares) Fo Grant claimspaidinfinancialyear aidedwoodland restocking (areainhectares) Grant claimspaidinfinancialyear aidedwoodland restocking (areainhectares) A Regional Target forIncreasing Woodland Cover restry Commission woodland creationplantingyear (S restry 010 020 030 040 2005-06 2004-05 2003-04 2002-03 2001-02 010 020 030 040 2005-06 2004-05 2003-04 2005-06 2002-03 2004-05 2001-02 2005-06 2003-04 2004-05 2002-03 2003-04 2001-02 2002-03 2001-02 6 8 2 2 575 725 626 584 569 2 2 5 5 0 159 155 229 120 0 7 1 7 35 71 31 72 90 9 12 5 5 12 152 54 182 89 r on biodiversity are anditsprioritiesfor action tool willbeakey inguidingwork Back ontheMap’ Region’s Biodiversity Biodiversity Strategy;‘Putting ofthe launchinOctober planning system.The habitatslostorcreatedareas ofpriority through the processes andresourcesthe necessary to measure itisimperative thattheregion putsinplace future, 5.26 difference to biodiversity intheRegion. needed ifagri-environment asignificant isto make Higher Level Stewardship (HLS)agreements are still bemodestandmore more resources to support thesemay However, biodiversity benefitsover time. whichwillshow whole farmsfor thefirsttime, higher levels ofenvironmental managementacross r eflected in the draft RegionalPlan. inthedraft eflected egions.The new entry level schemeintroduces newentry egions.The F or Policy 28to bemonitored effectively in eptember toAugust)(areainhectares) 1 1 East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 83 - Landscape Character - Landscape ed by a LCA,ed by has a Landscape and Leicestershire r A coverage to Districts, to A coverage although some Districts ve oodland Strategy which does not give sufficient which does not give oodland Strategy ssessment (LCA) in place and that other local in place ssessment (LCA) igure 5.4 igure W LC . LCAs done their own have Northamptonshire were 2006; in November launch their LCA due to and HinckleyHarborough & Bosworth due to were 2006. in November completed their LCAs have on Landscape Character Assessments Information questionnaires via the monitoring was also gathered local authorities,sent to the confirmed which largely England. Natural from information Results: EffectsSignificant Indicator Source: England Natural Copyright.© Crown All rights reserved. East Midlands Regional Assembly, 100038615, 2006 Analysis Data this policy for has been area information The 5.32 England who undertook Natural by a provided survey 2006.This in February/March that 17 showed local authorities had a Landscape Character A stages of development, at different authorities were with a number of studies underway. Natural The Dales is partiallyEngland view is that Derbyshire co F Assessments in the East MidlandsAssessments in the 2006 iorities for the Management and Pr er the last decade the rate of woodland of er the last decade the rate hus only partialindicator on this information Ov the publication of the Regional saw 2005 year Although partial on the data has been found T get: estry Framework for the East Midlands; for estry Framework rk of the Forestry Commission and its partners Commission in rk of the Forestry erall increase in woodland in the East Midlands, in woodland increase erall a r r olicy 30: olicy Commentary ssessments - 100% of rural areas ssessments - 100% of rural ssessments he National Forest covers 200 square miles of 200 square covers he National Forest ear is significant but falls well shortear is significant but falls well of the rate eicestershire, and Staffordshire. Derbyshire Initially omprehensive figures have been fully available. have figures omprehensive equired to meet the target set out in the RSS of set out in meet the target to equired Enhancement of the Region’s Landscape of the Region’s Enhancement ‘Space4trees’. important This publication seeks to forestry with wider socio,integrate and economic objectives.environmental It will guide the future wo the region. • % of region covered by Landscape Character by covered • % of region A Indicator: Landscape Character by covered • % of region A • Be informed by Landscape Character Assessments by • Be informed Ta Development Plans,Development LDFs and other Strategies should: of the highest level to promote • Continue landscape character protection the to protect and enhance initiatives • Promote and heritage landscape assets natural P 65,000 ha by 2021. 65,000 ha by 5.31 Fo P 5.30 supportedcreation has been between grant through 500 and 850 hectaresper annum.The this for figure y r 6% of the land in the area had been woodland. area 6% of the land in the This 16% with the planting around to increased has now (www.nationalforest.org). trees 6 million of over L 5.29 ov the increase is undoubtedly significant development part that form in woodlands Forest. of the National T has been found and this is the first time these has been found c Analysis Data 5.28 84 East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 ‘e C County Northamptonshire needs more recognition. 5.34 widely. needsreplicating more accommodate change, of theRegion’s to andsensitivity landscapecapacity T helping to andenhance protect orerode character it. order to assesswhetherdevelopment proposals are and othersinterpret guidance landscapecharacter in use by Development Control officers to helpthem P hasworked withHigh withothers, Natural England), Do Planning will beformally adopted asSupplementary design andsitingofdevelopment andwhetherthey De interpreted ascriteria basedpoliciesinLocal the region there are issuesasto how thesewillbe A 5.33 P ve recognising is thatcharacter landscape character, ecological andcurrent character historic character, understanding oftheregion’s diverse landscapes, useful firststep towards gainingabetter 5.37 Rutland. whichalsocovers Leicester and City HLC project, Leicestershire its hasstarted and Nottinghamshire. Northamptonshire inDerbyshire, been undertaken HLC has Currently, on achievingregional coverage. there isaneedto monitor progress characterisation, (HLC) oflandscape part isanacknowledged 5.36 in avariety ofcircumstances. andimplementationtoolin providing for use apolicy step forward Suite inNovember important isavery Environmental andGreen Character Infrastructure 5.35 visual character. i ok alongwithdeveloping anunderstanding his work, eak Borough Council to develop detailedSPDfor ouncil’s work characterisation hasadopted an ssessment coverage hasnow madeprogress across n olicy Commentary olicy ry iomna hrce’approach whichlooksat vironmental character’ v cuments (SPD). The Countryside Agency (now Agency The Countryside cuments (SPD). lpetDcmns usedto helpguidethe elopment Documents,

much aboutaholisticapproach andnotjust T T Whilst take upofLandscapeCharacter Whilst take Now thatHistoric LandscapeCharacterisation T he existing indicator, whilst acting asavery whilstacting he existingindicator, he launchoftheNorthamptonshire he holisticnature oflandscapecharacter enhancement opportunities as informing thetargeting ofregional landscape (www.english-heritage.org.uk/bar) . 19 Nottinghamshire 16andNorthamptonshire Lincolnshire 41; Leicestershire 16; is Derbyshire 41; County number ofbuildingsatriskby EastMidlands r Seven have been in 2005. M II* buildingsintheEast entries ofGrade Iand 2006 recorded 133 of BuildingsatRisk Heritage’s Register 5.38 Results: buildings atrisk • Numberoflisted Indicator: levels decrease from 2001 buildings atriskto • Numberoflisted Ta historic environment conserve andenhance the seek tounderstand, Development plansandotherstrategies should P to that are beingprepared across theregion andused from Assessments thedetailedLandscapeCharacter Suchindicators needto stem indicators developed. more meaningful needs to be refined andfurther Environment mvdadsxaddfo atya.The emoved andsixaddedfrom lastyear. olicy 31: olicy idlands compared to 134

r assess characteristic changesinlandscapeaswellassess characteristic get: English Regional Priorities fortheHistoric East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 85 1.8 4.6 6.2 5.2 3.9 7.5 N/K N/K 10.0 2005/06 % at risk % at 339 373 N/K 4,376 3,828 5,609 1,442 4,185 1,700 ll Grade II ll Grade 2005/06 Buildings A 6 23 56 201 383 293 313 N/K N/K Grade II Grade In total 205 at risk from 2,899 grades I, 2,899 grades 205 at risk from In total II* and II isk 2005/06 Buildings at R he effectiveness of the BARs indicator as a of the BARs indicator he effectiveness II data as it about the Grade concerns are here risk’ ‘at a building becomes why he reasons T T T olicy Analysis egister only covers Grade I and II* BARs; Grade only covers egister I and Grade egister. 2.1 3.5 5.7 4.1 0.7 3.9 7.5 7.4 P 5.41 the impact monitoring of the for proxy implementation of the policyon the historic of consistency the lack by is still limited environment in collection BARs.The II of data on Grade national r 9.5% of the 29,750 only represent buildings II* listed buildings in the Region. listed 5.42 the basis across is not collected on a consistent Region. of was no review there During the year scheduled monuments at risk, those for except the national BARs by structural covered monuments r 5.43 the development do with nothing to have may of other plans and or the implementation process and it does not directly whether show programmes being taken based upon an the decisions that are are environment.understanding of the historic Hence, it is important is used that other data and information N/K 10.6 2004/05 % at risk % at # 338 370 5,632 3,913 6,434 5,756 1,441 4,183 ll Grade II ll Grade 2004/05 Buildings A # 7 21 41 56 198 415 264 313 211 Grade II Grade sk 2004/05 Buildings at Ri - Grade II Listed Buildings at Risk 2006 - Significant Effect at Risk II Listed Buildings Indicator 2006 - Significant - Grade he English Heritage Buildings at Risk (BAR) able 5.7 shows the percentage of Grade II of Grade the percentage able 5.7 shows T T erby erbyshire eak District eicester eicestershire D D L L Lincolnshire Northamptonshire Nottingham Nottinghamshire P Rutland ther counties either remain unchanged or data for either remain ther counties able 5.7 here are problems according to English Heritage in to according problems are here ounties show a decrease in the percentage of in the percentage a decrease ounties show egister and 118 in the 2005 register.Theegister County espectively include the SAMs.The I Grade for figures egister includes Grade I and II* listed buildings and II* listed I and includes Grade egister figures include both the listed buildings and the include both the listed figures SAMs. and II* listed buildings alone are 120 in the 2006 buildings alone are and II* listed r these areas is unavailable. these areas 5.40 structural scheduled ancient monuments (SAMs) at risk.The 2006 and 2005 133 and 134 for of figures r buildings at risk and three counties show an increase. show counties buildings at risk and three O r Data Analysis Data 5.39 in this indicator, about trends conclusions drawing definitions and partly over because of the confusion authorities. some local from non responses happened Nevertheless have appears to what periods is that two monitoring the two between c buildings at risk for the period 2004/05 and 2005/06. buildings at risk for T Source: been have definitions and II* may over been confusion have may in 2005 there - note Authorities Local some authorities included by North2005/06 data excludes Kesteven,Wellingborough, Kettering, Northampton and Rutland # data not available. in local authority questionnaire N/K data not provided T 86 East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 5.47 V suchasatBelperintheDerwent Initiative schemes, anumberof supporting Townscape Heritage Fund theHeritageLottery (HLF)was addition, In 40 schemeswere runningacross theRegion. In2005/6over launched in1999by EnglishHeritage. Ec Heritage basiscontinued duringtheyear. partnership area-based Heritage grant fundingona enhanced. andsenseofplacelocal character ismaintainedand 5.46 development ofamasterplan for itshistoric centre. by an undertook guide changeandLincoln City ‘Inquiry studyofitstownbaseline urbancharacter centre to a Boston hasundertaken ofmasterplanning. part as e.g. into accountfully taken inareas ofchange, which canensure thatthehistoric environment is baseduponcharacterisation, are tools, assets.There enhance historic orthesettingofhistoric character to to environment may result inlossorchangehistoric 5.45 www.helm.org.uk . www.heritagecounts.org.uk orviatheHELMportal w Novemberpublished every andincludearegional as whichare state ofthehistoric environment, 5.44 historic environment are madeexplicit. ofplansandprogrammes onthe that theimpacts to ensure during 2004andprovides theopportunity r whichmeetsthe Environmental Assessment, Strategic in themonitoring ofthispolicy. as offices for almost100years butwasinneedofa hadfunctioned Grade II*listed town Georgian house, a HouseinNottingham, provision ofalift.Willoughby by wasfacilitated oftheOld building intheheart Town, a Grade II*listed HousesinLeicester, Newarke c of buildingsandfindnewusesfor themcontinue to qieet fteE ietv,wasintroduced equirements oftheEUDirective, ome forward.The continued useasamuseumof ome forward.The alley Mills alley Mills World HeritageSite. l santoa eotaddt,are available on anddata, ell asanationalreport ncnr eeeomn.Somechangesmay wn centre redevelopment. asaresult of e.g. wnscape andlandscapecharacter, onomic Regeneration Schemes(HERS)were

D funding from theHLF.The schemeincludedthe sg’i coe 05 to shapethe 2005, inOctober esign’ T T G C he effect ofdevelopmenthe effect onthehistoric onthe he annualHeritageCounts reports onservation-led regenerationonservation-led canensure that ood schemesthatretain thehistoric character experience. oftheshopping building asanintegral part an emphasisonretaining thehistoric ofthe character whichplaced fittings by anddesigners, thearchitect P conversion Its to aflagshipstore for new singleuse. 2004/05 • Nodatawasavailable for 2005/06aswasthecasein Results: provided perpopulationserved andrecreational facilities • Numberofnewsports Indicator: • Targets Strategy setintheRegionalSports Ta andrecreationalof sports facilities bodies toensure that there isadequate provision Englandandotherrelevant Sport Board, Sports Regional theEastMidlands Partnerships, Sport Lo P that. re to A been developed into Comprehensive Performance have facilities.These and access anduseofquality inactivity part -how dopeopletake often frequency insport; part the numbersofpeopletaking - participation Englandnow coversSport three areas; by Monitoring ofsport development level. atcounty andfacility approach to thedevelopment ofsport C 5.49 P may bebetter thanseveral smallerones. c and recreation when facilitiesanddifficulty made dueto difficultiessuchasdefinitionsofsports hasbeen progress datafor incollecting thispolicy 5.48 Data Analysis Recreational Facilities nieigtesz ffclte ..onelarge facility onsidering thesize offacilitiese.g. aul Smithrequired aflexibleapproach to shop ounty Sports partnerships to co-ordinate astrategic partnerships Sports ounty ssessment Indicators (CPA). These surveys were These surveys due ssessment Indicators (CPA). olicy 32: olicy olicy Commentary olicy peated at regular, although different, intervals after intervals althoughdifferent, peated atregular,

r cal Authorities shouldwork withCounty based establish baselinepositionsin2005andthen get: T As he East Midlands now hasfivehe EastMidlands established

in the previous monitoring report no in theprevious monitoring report Regional Priorities for Sports and Regional Priorities forSports East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 87 ssessment ssessment ssessment ssessment ssessment A A A A A Surface Water Surface Water isk of Pollution to to isk of Pollution isk of Pollution to to isk of Pollution R R Require Circular 3/99 Circular Require Required Circular 3/99 Circular Required Required Circular 3/99 Circular Required 3/99 Circular Required 3/99 Circular Required ximity to Potable Water ximity Potable to o Pr ollution Risk Groundwater to ollution Risk Groundwater to P P isk of Pollution to Surface Water Surface to isk of Pollution Reason for Agency ObjectionReason for Required Circular 3/99 Assessment Circular Required R he Environment Agency has provided a list of Agency provided has he Environment T aste - Minoraste ther - Minor ther - Minor eb link: www.environment- O O W inerals - Minorinerals Environment Agency advice on water quality Agency on water advice Environment grounds Results: EffectsSignificant Indicator 5.50 qualityapplications objected for on water grounds to 2004/05. It monitoring was not possible in this the local authorities had check whether to process planning systems.The them or not in their approved 2005/06 objections can be obtained via the following w agency.gov.uk/commondata/103599/water_qual_obj _05_1404483.doc emetery - Minor M Development C Residential - Minor Residential - Minor Residential - Minor Residential - Minor Residential - Minor Residential - Minor /04/CM/fst 04/07/0621 04/08/0677 04/00090/FL NAM/W128/- 2005/0281/07 04/03062/FUL 04/00419/FUL 04/00696/FUL 04/01738/OUT LPA ReferenceLPA of Proposed Nature JK/05/00409/OUT FUL/2005/0121/NH A Regional Approach to the Water to the A Regional Approach - Applications Objected to by Environment Agency on Water Quality Grounds 2004/05 Water Objected Environment Agency on - Applications to by cal Planning erbyshire Dales erbyshire Dales erbyshire ounty Council ounty Council ouncil ouncil get: eicestershire eicestershire uthority (LPA) r lated issues into account at an early stage at account issues into lated D District Council D District Council L C Lincolnshire C Newark & Sherwood District Council Newark & Sherwood District Council North East Derbyshire District Council North West Leicestershire District Council Borough Rushcliffe C Borough Rushcliffe C Council Rutland County olicy 33: gency water- to take and other agencies need Lo A able 5.8 hese should provide much improved and valuable much improved provide hese should Environment T Source: Agency Environment • Planning permissions granted contrary granted • Planning permissions to quality Agency on water advice Environment zero to - reduce grounds Indicators: contrary• Planning permissions granted to re Ta Development plans and policies of the Environment Development A indicators on the progress of this policy on the progress indicators in future. P T 88 East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 F driverbe akey for andimprovement theprotection T r of water inthefuture ifmeasures to are nottaken re ofthedevelopment ofthe Regional Assembly aspart Studies by the regime. unacceptable abstraction tomuch ofthegroundwater an issubject water isutilisedduringthesummerand surface oftheRegion’s Much GrowthSouth Midlands Zone. pressure thatwillcome Keynes& from theMilton notleastbecauseoftheincreased the region, Water resources remain issuefor akey management. out theregional prioritiesfor water resource 2001)sets (Environmentthe EastMidlands Agency, 5.52 P granted. the way to meetingthetarget ofzero permissions c grounds showsquality asubstantialdecline co 5.51 Data Analysis dc ae s,especiallyinnewdevelopments. educe water use, ompared to previously available dataandwell on he EU Water Framework Directive willcontinue to igure 5.5 olicy Commentary olicy vised RSShave shown thattheregion willbeshort ntrary to Environment advicentrary onwater Agency T Wa he dataonplanningpermissionsgranted t rrsucsfrteFtr;AStrategy for er resources for theFuture; atMdad eea ult sesetGae:Chemistry AssessmentGrades: General Quality - EastMidlands the coming months. Environment andwillbeworked outover Agency Region’s response to thiswillbeledby the Further detailsofthe management for water basins. its central concept ofintegrated water resource with of thewater environment 25years, for thenext A • Water targets setby quality theEnvironment Ta environment oftheRegion’s strategic river corridors andenhanceprotect thenatural andcultural authorities andotheragenciesshouldseekto Development plansandotherstrategies oflocal P Significant Effect IndicatorSignificant Effect Results: • Biodiversity andwildlife habitats • Access to urbanwaterfronts • Environment measures water quality Agency Indicators: targets to bedeveloped• Other Ri gency olicy 34: olicy v r gets: er Corridors Regional Priorities forStrategic Environment Agency Source: East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 89 Source: Agency Environment Source: Agency Environment - East Midlands Quality General Assessment Grades: Nitrate - East Midlands Quality General Grades: Assessment Biology igure 5.7 igure igure 5.6 igure F F 90 East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 F ore Environment Agency Source: T able 5.9 igure 5.8 Very lo Very moderately low Moderate or high High orvery Ve Very lo Very Moderate orhigh excessively high G F Po G F Po airly goodorfair airly goodorfair ood or very good ood orvery ood or very good ood orvery ry or bad or bad

high or w orlow w orlow - State of East Midlands - StateofEastMidlands Watercourses 2001-2005(%) atMdad eea ult sesetGae:Phosphate AssessmentGrades: General Quality - EastMidlands 0120 2003 2002 2001 65.1 30.8 4.1 26 69 11 24 65 5 # # # GQA Phosphate GQA Chemistry GQA Biology GQA Nitrate 58.8 37.7 57.1 39.3 3.5 3.5 29 66 27 63 5 9 54.0 40.9 59.4 37.2 5.1 3.4 33 60 27 64 7 9 Environment Agency Source: 042005 2004 54.5 39.8 61.1 35.3 5.7 3.6 34 61 29 63 6 8 59.3 34.6 64.9 31.8 6.0 3.3 36 58 11 28 61 6 East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 91 he RSS policy on strategic river corridors is corridors he RSS policy river on strategic he policy a 1.5Million was helpful in securing Under the England Catchment Sensitive Catchment Under the England T T pean project, SPARC,administered in the Region the Environment Agency.the Environment are developed well Less ro

rming (CSF) Initiative, in farm practices changes are ondition where SSSIs are concerned. SSSIs are ondition where as partommissioned a major study of soils in 2006 plants (oxygenators) and generally poor ecologically and generally plants (oxygenators) in unfavourable resulting - in some instances c 5.57 Fa pollution from diffuse water reduce being sought to agriculture.Thepriority CSF has three region CSF associate and three initiatives catchment initiatives,catchment in all of which commenced 2006.The a Agency has developed Environment determine to framework and evaluation monitoring the objective has achieved whether the programme pollution from of diffuse water awareness of raising agriculture, early voluntary and encouraging action tackle to farmers and land managers from it.The Group Environment Regional Assembly’s c of its study on landscape scale run off (‘spongy the into and this will also feed landscapes’) this problem. understanding of solutions to 5.58 notes guidance by and assisted accepted well now on a Planning Authorities all Local issued to Document Development Core Local suggested Policy Strategy which, (www.emra.gov.uk/publications/RPG_src.asp) with the supplementary supporting information, the from method of transition a helpful provides local policy. to strategic 5.59 a pan for funding the EU Interreg from grant Eu by of measuring the success for useful key indicators this policy.The policy management seeks integrated corridors.of river Inevitably, therefore, single difficulties are do not do the job but there indicators without involving of indicators in finding a suite expense or unnecessary detail. excessive er Quality in the East Midlands a has shown t he district’s rivers remain highly nutrient remain rivers he district’s he Environment Agency monitored the quality Agency monitored he Environment Although not as marked, in the improvement Wa T T er the same time period, phosphate idlands in 2005 and found that: found idlands in 2005 and olicy Commentary gency’s General Quality Assessment (GQA) scheme, General Quality (GQA) Assessment gency’s than previous year), than previous year), previous from year), previous year). previous oncentrations have remained very remained stable with the have oncentrations otal length of the GQA network recording high or recording network otal length of the GQA enriched, however, a 15% reduction despite in the t 1995. since concentrations high nitrate excessively Ov c falling being classed as highly majority of stretches nutrient enriched.Water bodies in the East Midlands high turbidity, and characterised by still eutrophic are algae dominated, aquatic submerged with no/few chemical status is mirrored in biological quality,chemical status is mirrored with of 2250kms being classified as good of river in excess or very good in the last survey.This a 60% represents of 30% in the last 1990 and in excess since increase decade. 5.56 significant improvement in terms of both chemical in terms significant improvement 1990. since and biological standards In this time, the and canal achieving a good or verylength of river good chemical quality, the Environment to according A has almost trebled, with 60% (2100km)of the 3500kms the top achieving watercourse of classified in 2005.grades the static since Although relatively start of the new millennium, has years the past ten seen an additional 642kms quality the top achieve bands. 5.55 5.54 P • 94% had good or fair chemical quality (1% worse • 97% had good or fair biological quality (no change • quality than (1% better nitrate poor 58% were • quality than poor phosphate (2% worse 61% were • 5.53 3,500km East in the courses of water of over M Data Analysis Data 92 East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 • To be developed • Tobe Ta drainage management schemesandrequire sustainable deliver aprogramme offlood floodplain areas; be anadverse onthecoastal andfluvial impact inappropriate development where there would agencies shouldincludepoliciestoprevent Development plansandstrategies ofrelevant Flood P olicy 36: olicy r gets: R isk A RegionalApproachtoManaging Results: • Number ofstrategic floodriskassessments at1%floodrisk • Number ofproperties • Planning permissionsgranted withSustainable • toPlanning permissionsgranted contrary Indicators: F undertaken Drainage Schemes(SuDS) grounds Environment advice onflooddefence Agency igure 5.9 Flood Flood 5.60 5.61 2006. at theendofDecember P newPlanning land for development.The of a sequentialapproach to selection which recognises therisksandpromotes planningadvicedraft by theGovernment T represents asignificantfall. was 133.This In2003/04it grounds was20in2004/05. Environment advice onfloodrisk Agency topermissions granted contrary av affected hasbeenmade properties first year thatthisdataonthenumber of isthe or significantriskofflooding.This ofland(16%)atamoderate proportion alsohas thehighest It (East ofEngland). highestregion of floodingthanthenext oflandatsignificantchance proportion T 154,000 -astheSouthEastofEngland. significant chance offlooding-almost inareas withamoderate or properties hasnearlyasmany East Midlands are inthefloodplain.The these properties that there isariskoffloodingandthat 1%floodriskmeans in EastMidlands. flood riskarea isapproximately 173,000 his ismainlydueto thepublicationof he East Midlands hasalmosttwice the he EastMidlands olicy Statement (PPS25)waspublished olicy - Flood riskintheEastMidlands ailable andthefigure isapproximate. T T he total numberofplanning he number of properties ina1% he numberofproperties R isk East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 93 Source: Agency Environment 3 4 1 1 eas Covered Ar Major Development East Midlands 62 39 19 132 er Leen and Daybrook (in progress) and Daybrook er Leen hfield, & Sherwood Newark (planned), (planning) Rushcliffe apped in local plan v orby (in progress),orby Daventry (planned), Northampton,Wellingborough, East oughborough (planned),oughborough Hinckley & Bosworth (planned), Melton, & Oadby eicester M None None Chesterfield flood risk), local plan considers (adopted in Erewash Trent River L L (planned) Wigston (in progress),Boston East Lindsey, Area, Policy Lincoln North Kesteven, South Holland, South Kesteven,West Lindsey C Northamptonshire, Kettering Ri As inor Development M - Planning applications approved contrary to approved - Planning applications - Strategic Flood Risk Assessments 2006- Significant Effects Indicator Risk Assessments 2006- Significant Flood - Strategic erby erbyshire eak District eicester eicestershire D D L L Lincolnshire Northamptonshire Nottingham Nottinghamshire P Rutland 2001/02 2002/03 2003/04 2004/05 igure 5.10 igure able 5.11 able 5.10 Environment Agency advice on flood risk grounds Environment Agency advice Source: Authorities Local T T F 94 East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 ve was Sustainable Drainage Schemes(SuDS).There anewquestionrelating toauthorities asked 5.65 monitoring report. c increase inthenumberofassessmentsplace c orhave plansto one, currently undertaking thevast oftheseauthoritiesare majority however, areas currently donothave suchassessments, Fl that doesnotengagelocalauthorities. SuDSstillappearsto beanissue supplied figures. Only6localauthorities question remains low. Even sotheresponse to the ‘individual buildings’. r monitoring process thequestionwasretained but T itisapoorly thatinmanyacknowledged quarters is It planning potential response to thisproblem. spatial Schemes (SuDS)isseenasanimportant by exacerbated thatthiscould befurther acknowledged riskand itis the amountoflandatparticular 5.66 P 5.64 in theEastMidlands. approximately are at1%floodrisk 173,000properties 5.63 Data Analysis industrial/business developments in2005/06. domestic dwelling sites and6onnew planning permissionswere issuedwithSuDSonnew responses showed that7 Schemes (SuDS).These planning permissionswithSustainableDrainage 5.62 Sustainable Drainage Schemes(SuDs) ore Energy Trends Source: ephrased to cover developed rather than ‘sites’ ompared to those reported inthepreviousompared to those reported hasbeenan ommission oninthefuture.There able 5.12 olicy Commentary olicy o ikAssmns Twenty two localauthority Assessments. ood Risk East Midlands England ry

climate change.The useofSustainableDrainage climate change.The

itersos oteqeto.For the2005/06 little response to the question. T T T Fl Six localauthoritiesprovided figures on able 5.11shows theareas covered by Strategic he 2004/05monitoring forms sentto local he Environmental hasindicated that Agency o iki e su o h ein given issueforood riskisakey theRegion, - ChangeinnumberofCHPschemesandtheirelectrical capacity intheperiod2003-2005 2003 1,328 76 Number of Schemes Electrical Capacity (Mwe) Electrical Number ofSchemes 042005 2004 1,321 76 1,328 P2,needsto beestablishedineachcase. PPS25, assetoutin Environment inthesestudies, Agency r whichare the Flood Assessments, Risk undertaking Progress isbeingmadeon implemented. monitoring thenumberofschemesthatare problems andthedifficultieslocalauthoritieshave in find ways to helpaddress to these play itspart Regionneedsto and understandinginthisarea.The ‘s floodingandsoils(referred to asthe landscape, a landscapescaleandtherelationship between A by equally there isanissueaboutgettingSuDSadopted but onboard, to take appearsreluctant industry understood technique thatthedevelopment P Results: • ofadditionalCombinedCapacity HeatandPower Indicators: • inenergy usageattheregionalA reduction level in Ta 2020 Ta toachieveinfrastructure necessary theRegional Heat andPower heating (CHP)anddistrict andthedevelopment ofCombined hierarchy’; usage at theregional level inlinewiththe ‘energy inenergy areduction agencies shouldpromote: Lo Reduction and Efficiency andEfficiency Reduction sosblte flclatoiis therole ofthe esponsibilities oflocalauthorities; 79 facilities by Regional Target of511MWe by 2010and1120MWe to achieve the necessary heating infrastructure C thedevelopment of line withthe ‘energy hierarchy’; og adcps study)willaddto knowledge pongy landscapes’ ssembly’s Environment Group’s studyoftheSuDsat olicy 40: olicy r r

ombined HeatandPower (CHP)anddistrict a uhrte,energy generators andother cal Authorities, the maintenance organisations.The Regional the maintenance organisations.The get: get of511MWe by 2010and1120MWe by

2020 2003 Regional Priorities forEnergy 3,760 244 042005 2004 4,665 233 4,782 234 East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06

95 Humber - Sites Generating Electricity- Sites Generating Regional Priorities for Renewable Regional Priorities here is little in current planning that can is little in current here Steeply rising gas prices have given a better given have rising gas prices Steeply T get: r onsumption at 2010) ell provide another driver in favour of CHP. favour in another driver ell provide olicy 41: igure 5.11 igure generating capacity (equates to 10.6% of electricity capacity to generating (equates c enewable energy enewable emaining, the private stimulate again which may Energy Indicator: facilities energy • Capacity of additional renewable Results: P policies to Plans should include Development for targets of the indicative the delivery facilitate r Ta electricity connected of grid renewable 671.6 MWe • F 5.71 in CHP, industry private investment for framework users. particularly energy large for Medium term prices higher gas market do still show indicators r market in CHP. 5.72 towards support CHP,butprovide the move for may carbon development and zero carbon neutral w ombined heat and Power (CHP) is the (CHP) is ombined heat and Power he Government’s Energy Review has Energy he Government’s he Governments Energy Review does identify Energy he Governments Source: Trends Energy C Heat is still not fully recognised within energy Heat is still not fully recognised T T gnised the difficulty for CHP in terms of financial CHP in terms gnised the difficulty for price changes. price

co olicy Commentary ost-effective. emain at a disadvantage and will remain vulnerable will remain and emain at a disadvantage distributed generation as an important generation distributed to area develop. distributed to suited is more CHP prove and the new policygeneration may drivers supportive. more to 5.70 re policy, heat, so without a specific market for CHP will r 5.68 viability, risen steeply, have but although gas prices heat dependant on an appropriate CHP is heavily load and without this the efficiency not gains are c 5.69 P simultaneous generation of useable heat and power of useable simultaneous generation (usually electricity) in a single process. Capacity in to compared the East Midlands in 2005 was 234MWe in 2004.233MWe a decline in represents This in 2003.capacity 244MWe from only is region The of 511MWe. the 2010 target 50% towards 5.67 Data Analysis Data 96 East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 F F F igure 5.14 GWh igure 5.13 Number of Sites igure 5.12 1,000 1,200 1,400 1,600 1,800 100 120 140 200 400 600 800 20 40 60 80 0 0

East Midlands East Midlands Hydro Wind/Wave Landfill gas O ther Biofuels - Number of Sites by English Region,2005 - NumberofSitesby EnglishRegion,2005 - Generation by EnglishRegion,2005 East fromRenewable Sources/GWh- Generation ofElectricity East

North East North East

North West North West

London

Hydro Wind/Wave Landfill gas O London ther Biofuels South East South East South West South West West Midlands West Midlands Yorks/Humber Yorks/Humber ore Energy Trends Source: ore Energy Trends Source: ore Energy Trends Source: East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 97 Source: Trends Energy ther renewables technologies are still at a are technologies ther renewables he market for small scale generation is small scale generation he market for and still has challenging targets he region O T T ntinuing to be supportedntinuing to and the main barrier o-firing of biomass in the region’s coal fired large fired coal o-firing of biomass in the region’s emains cost. A number of schools and community 5.76 disadvantage, policy but the continuing support is further to lead likely begin to to activity in these areas. to continued Biomass installations have heat and the market is maturing,grow but these as they do not included in the figures installations are electricity.Therenot generate significant is however c stations. scale power 5.77 co r actively installing small scale however are groups to is likely continue to and this interest generation grow. 5.78 is uncertaintythere will be met. that all the targets supportRegional partners to work to continue in this area. initiatives

Source: Trends Energy

rks/Humber Yo

est Midlands est W

ther Biofuels

O Landfill gas Wind/Wave Hydro West South

South East South

ondon L

North West North

- Installed Capacity of Sites Generating Electricity Capacity- Installed Generating of Sites Sources/MW from Renewable East North - Capacity by English Region,2005- Capacity by

East East Midlands East he Region has seen much increased interest in interest he Region has seen much increased igure 5.13 shows the steady progression the progression steady the 5.13 shows igure National policy has continued to improve the National policy improve to has continued T 0 F 50 400 350 300 250 200 150 100

olicy Commentary igure 5.16 igure MW igure 5.15 igure ompared to over 600 GWh in 2005. over to ompared main The echnology is disadvantaged within the Region. echnology is disadvantaged East Midlands is making electricity in generating resources. renewable from In 2002 approximately resources renewable from generated 400 GWh were c other bio-fuels are energy of this renewable sources and landfill. P 5.74 prospects for renewable energy.The renewable prospects for Government’s Energy on Renewable Statement Planning Policy (PPS 22) in particular a positive has provided framework. 5.75 installations is and the number of wind development markedlyexpected increase in the next to year. with other areas comparable are Planning approvals of the country, that any is no evidence so there t 5.73 Data Analysis Data F F SECTION 6 minerals, aggregates & waste

Key Points Actions

The Region accepted the national apportioned The environmental capacity of the Region to requirement for aggregates provision and the continue to supply national needs has to be region is one of the largest suppliers considered. The role of recycled and secondary aggregates will continue to play a growing part in sustainable aggregate provision

The supply of aggregates is lower than the The publication of Minerals Policy Statement apportionment figure; this continues a trend of (MPS1) in late 2006 will mean that any revision lower production over the past 5 years of the Regional Spatial Strategy (RSS) policy should consider the mineral resources available for a range of regionally significant minerals against the existing and future patterns of supply

The East Midlands Regional Waste Strategy (RWS) It will be important to monitor progress in was published in January 2006 implementing the spatial dimensions of the RWS through development frameworks across the region

32.7% of household waste is now recycled or The RWS recognises the need to also address composed in the East Midlands, suggesting a the commercial and industrial sector and significant movement in the right direction and that continued implementation of the RWS in these short term targets have been achieved and that other areas is important if overall sustainable longer term targets are achievable waste management is to be achieved Annual Monitoring ReportAnnual Monitoring 2005/06 East Midlands Regional Spatial Strategy East Midlands Regional Spatial 98 East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 99 ing hnical visory Sources idlands aste (RTAB) aste efra and efra and efra and efra ggregates Work Party (EMAWP) EMAWP East M A Regional Tec Ad on Body W D LA returns D LA returns D LA returns LA returns ess r Prog yled or ailable wards 2020 wards c omposed emains lower Strategy published in January 2006 Region is moving to targets Data shows picture mixed & some data still awaited 32.7% of household currently waste re c Supply r than appointment figure No new data av get Status growth all Waste meet Tar

ecrease in ecrease uthorities by ollection egional egional Strategy in by place June 2005 To r in targets 2 figures and 3 of RSS8 2015 C A D waste disposed of in landfill to meet national targets Zero in controlled by waste 2016 at the r level A minimum of 50% of household recycled waste or composted by Annual regional apportionment set out targets 1 of in Figure RSS8 tual ex nt Core / Co RSS Core RSS Core Regional Core Regional Core Regional Core Regional Core Regional Core Key aste cled and l waste Indicators ntrolled waste ntrolled oportion of oduction of oduction of oduction of inerals cy on aggregates uthority (WPA) uthority (MPA) apacity of epresents of epresents Amount of co arising and managed by management type % of each management type r tota managed by WPA Pr divertedwaste landfill from Pr Strategy C waste management typefacilities by by W Planning A Pr primary land w by produced M Planning A Pr re secondary by aggregates MPA itle olicy T P iorities for iorities inerals aste aste anagement or Non- Regional Pr W M W Strategy Pr f Energy M his section provides analysis on the following regional minerals, regional analysis on the following his section provides policies related and waste aggregates T 39 38 Regional 37 Regional No. olicy ntained within RSS8. P 6.1 INTRODUCTION co 100 East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 • Production of recycled and secondary aggregates by• Production andsecondary MPA ofrecycled landwon aggregates• Production produced ofprimary by PlanningAuthority (MPA) Minerals Indicators: 2003) 2001-2016(June NationalandRegionalGuidelinesfor Aggregates Provision inEngland, EMAWP (2003), Source: T A The Environment isregarded aslimited. accuracy that willbecomparable withprevious years andits to and Industrial Waste Arisingsdatafor 2004/05isdue setofCommercial The next Industrial Waste Arisings. Commercial and annuallye.g. not undertaken 6.3 measures completed by localauthorities. r waste dataismuchmore reliable asmuchofthisisa c for particularly waste arisingsandmanagementdata, T aggregates andwaste whichiscurrently available. 6.2 Data Issues 6.5 thesehaveEast Midlands been+or-38%). to still onlybeavailable ataregional level andislikely Data will hasbeencommissioned. and waste survey Anewconstruction from alackofupto date data. 6.4 to becomeexpected available 2007. inMarch This datais the waste produced atpointoforigin. facilities rather thanonebasedontheexaminationof to Ta equirement for Best Value Performance Indicator ntuto n eoiinwse Municipalsolid anddemolitionwaste. onstruction here are issuesover of andquality thequantity able 6.1 gency will be changing the data collection system willbechangingthedatacollection gency

r epbihdsoty This willbethelastdataset be publishedshortly. have highconfidence (inthepastfor intervals the one basedonsite returns atwaste management England East Midlands gets: T T Some of the data comes from surveys whichareSome ofthedatacomes from surveys C his section contains thedataonminerals,his section here hasalsobeenachangeinthemethodof onstruction anddemolitionwaste alsosuffersonstruction - NationalandRegionalGuidelinesforAggregates Provision 2001-2016Million Tonnes (Mt) Land-won &Gravel Sand 1068 (71.2peryear) 165 (11.0peryear) Guidelines for land-won inRegion production • forIdentify andsafeguard the opportunities • Indicate areas withinwhichsites neededfor land • Identify sufficientlyenvironmentally acceptable Planning Authorities theleadto: taking A Ap Fr Local Development Development Plans, T P reported. re r Data whichmighthave beenquoted inearlier through theMunicipal Waste Survey. Management Previously localauthoritiessupplieddata (Defra). D the Waste DataFlow onlinesystem operated by the onwards from dataiscollected localauthoritiesvia From 2004/05 time seriesanalysislessrobust. c M egional monitoring reports has been subject to hasbeensubject egional monitoring reports ollection ofmunicipalwaste datawhichcanmake ollection rnpraino ieasb al water orpipeline ofminerals by rail, transportation development w aggregates andotherminerals sources to maintainanappropriate supplyof his policy istobeimplemented through his policy ggregates Working andtheMinerals Party olicy 37: olicy prmn o niomn,Food andRural Affairs for Environment, epartment vision andmay therefore differ from thatpreviously ameworks andRegionalAggregates inerals on minerals shouldbesafeguarded from portionment with the East Midlands Regional withtheEastMidlands portionment Regional Priorities forNon-Energy Land-won CrushedRock 1618 (107.9peryear) 523 (34.9peryear) East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 101 # # # # # # 23 44 6.3 6.6 9.9 8.4 4.57 28.1 19.1 46.4 27.9 14.95 153.1 42.55 ears) ears) (Y (Y 31/12/04 31/12/04 Landbank as at Landbank as at # 1.48 3.77 4.58 1.63 0.16 1.463 3.134 0.687 6.759 1.077 0.453 0.196 13.78 0.261 0.261 10.534 14.659 13.976 28.896 erage Annual erage erage Annual erage ales 2002 - 2004 ales 2002 - 2004 (Million Tonnes) (Million Tonnes) Av Av S S # 3.79 3.68 31.21 9.258 3.138 37.26 8.339 21.873 50.012 20.725 92.254 384.87 11.511 11.511 128.903 393.209 1,034.81 1252.405 1657.125 31/12/04 31/12/04

at at rmitted Reserves rmitted Reserves (Million Tonnes) (Million Tonnes) Pe Pe # 0.16 6.944 4.581 1.617 0.959 0.429 0.166 1.422 2.995 0.618 3.886 1.367 0.277 0.277 10.288 14.696 13.017 13.177 28.150 ales ales S S (Million Tonnes) (Million Tonnes) 2004 Aggregate 2004 Aggregate - Sand and Gravel Landbanks for Aggregates East Midlands 31/12/04 Landbanks for Aggregates - Sand and Gravel - Rock Landbanks for Aggregates* East Midlands 31/12/04 as at for Aggregates* - Rock Landbanks AL Chalk AL ROCK AL Sand & T T erbyshire erbys/PDNP erbyshire CHALK IGNEOUS ROCK/SANDSTONE LIMESTONE/DOLOMITE SAND/GRAVEL eicestershire/ eicestershire eicestershire otal Lstn/Dol otal IGN Rock/Sstn D PDNP L Rutland Lincolnshire Northamptonshire Nottinghamshire T D L T Lincolnshire TO TOT D PDNP L Lincolnshire Northamptonshire Nottinghamshire TO Gravel able 6.3 able 6.2 Source: 2004 EMAWP *N.B. it is important (particularly note in this table relate to that the figures case of limestone/dolomite) in the reserves related uses and aggregates solely to Source: 2004 EMAWP N.B. reserves uses and related aggregates solely to it is important in this table relate that the figures note to T T Results: 102 East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 2003 (ODPM Oct 2004) 2003 (ODPMOct andEvacuation Demolition Waste asAggregate inEngland ofArisingsandUse ofConstruction, Survey Source: T there are difficultiesinobtainingreliable information. anditisrecognisedlargely that basedonsurveys 6.7 figure for theEast Midlands. 10.9MT in2003)againbelow theguidelineannual sand andgravel in2004is10.20MT(compared to Salesinformation for below theguidelinefigure. (compared to 28.45MTin2003) thusremaining shows thatin2004salesofrock were 28.15 The saleinformation 34.9MT. land won crushedrock, ayear andfor should be11.0milliontonnes (MT) for sandandgravel intheEastMidlands production aggregate provision indicate thattheaverage annual 6.6 Data Analysis T Aggregates andSecondary Recycled EMAWP 2003and2004 Source: T he information isthesame provided inthisreport able 6.5 able 6.4 2004 2003 2004 2003 2004 2003 2004 2003 2004 2003 England East Midlands SAND/GRAVEL TOT CHALK IGNEOUS ROCK/SANDSTONE LIMESTONE/DOLOMITE T Data for recycled and secondary aggregatesData for is andsecondary recycled he nationalandregional guidelinesfor AL ROCK Estimate of use/disposal of Construction,Demolition andEvacuation Waste in2003(milliontonnes) Estimate ofuse/disposalConstruction,Demolition C omparison of East Midlands Rock and Sand Landbanks2003and2004 RockandSand omparison ofEastMidlands Recycled as Recycled aggregate and soil 45.45 4.88 U engineering or sed for landfill rest S lsAgeaePermitted Reserves ales Aggregate oration 6.45 0.84 quarry voidsquarry U backfill sed to in the East Midlands compared toin theEastMidlands 50.0%inEngland. generated demolition andexcavation waste (CDEW) estimated to be49.4%oftheconstruction, The material recycled was produced andreused. soilwas 0.62MT(+/-19%)ofrecycled In addition, M aggregate ofrecycled production intheEast A C published in ofArisingsandUse of ‘Survey S by Capita and isdrawn undertaken from thesurvey inthe2004/05monitoring report as wasreported r 6.8 P 8 45 28. 10.29 10.90 13.18 14.34 14.70 14.11 28.15 equirements for aggregates provision and asthe 13.41 ymonds in 2003.The results of the survey were results ofthesurvey ymonds in2003.The onstruction, Demolition andExcavation Demolition Wastes as onstruction, ggregate in England’ (October 2004)andestimated (October ggregate inEngland’ olicy Commentary olicy 0.28 idlands in2003to be4.26million tonnes (+/-14%). 1.84 T # he RSS has taken onboard the national he RSShastaken ex r egistered empt sites U sed at 16.43 1.10 Disposed of as waste at landfills 9.19 1.22 1252.4 1528.2 1657.1 1948.4 CDEW 393.2 410.1 T otal 92.3 94.1 11.5 10.1 90.93 9.88 East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 103 he East Midlands Regional Waste Strategy was Strategy Waste he East Midlands Regional is a Strategy Waste he East Midlands Regional sets out the he Regional Spatial Strategy T T T er as much value as possible from that waste that from as possible er as much value v gets: r y element of Regional Policy, a strategic providing omposting co recovery Regional level by 2016 by Regional level the EU Landfill Directive with accordance c apidly progress to more sustainable ways to sustainable ways more to apidly progress • To take a flexible approach to other forms of waste other forms take to a flexible approach To • policies at its core,policies at land- a traditional it goes beyond use planning document. partners lead The some for actionsof the proposed waste not planning or are authorities. Ta Strategy. Waste a Regional produce To • Indicators: of Strategy • Production Analysis Results and Data 6.11 published in January 2006 (www.emra.gov.uk/waste/documents.htm). Planning Waste Subsequent documents include the East Midlands (August for Assembly Guidance Capacity Study (July Treatment Waste 2006) and the 2006). 6.12 ke the Region as a whole to will allow which framework r goods, and consume produce and then recycle or re which is produced. It also has an important to role capacityidentify the current the Region to of set out the waste and to manage waste be management infrastructure which will need to needs. meet future to developed 6.13 management: waste principles and priorities for at the in waste growth zero towards work To • landfill in sent to waste the amount of reduce To • recycling and for targets Government exceed To • Regional Waste Strategy (RWS) Strategy Waste Regional his policy the Regional by was implemented T he publication of MPS1 in late 2006 will mean he publication of MPS1 in late rnment Office for the East Midlands.rnment Office for broad The T cled and secondary to will continue aggregates elopment Group (RWSDG).Theelopment Group RWSDG consisted ve v be considered, particularly such as the in areas omposting egional level

cy olicy 38: ssembly and the RTAB working a sub- through ssembly and the RTAB waste recovery c r eak Park and other regionally significant and other regionally eak Park epresentatives of the waste collection of the waste and disposal epresentatives epresentatives of environmental groups, of environmental epresentatives egion is one of the largest suppliers nationally it has suppliers of the largest egion is one that any revision of RSS policy revision the should consider that any of regionally a range for available resources mineral against the existing and future significant minerals of supply. patterns environmentally sensitive areas. sensitive environmentally of the role Therefore re part a growing play in sustainable aggregate provision. 6.9 P authorities, educational of various representatives and Waste of the establishments and representatives (WRAP), Action Programme Resources as the as well East Midlands Agency and the Development Go 6.10 r of the RWSscope means that whilst it has planning • Taking a flexible approach to other forms of to other forms approach a flexible Taking • A Strategy Waste called the Regional group De stake including; holders of various industry the waste Services body ESA (Environmental Association), trade r • Reducing the amount of waste sent to landfill sent of waste • Reducing the amount and recycling for targets Government • Exceeding P up based be drawn will Strategy Waste A Regional principles: on the following the at in waste growth zero towards Working • a significant role to play in the nation’s economic in the nation’s play to a significant role prosperity. is lower of aggregates Whilst the supply than the apportionment a trend this continues figure 5 years. the past production over of lower However, at a national level, is deemed to the demand model be robust. It environmental that the is recognised supply needs that capacity continue Region to of the to r 104 East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 the adoptionofsite to allocationsare be unlikely and of whichare atanearlystageintheirproduction all ground through waste development frameworks, ensure thatsufficientsites are delivered onthe 6.16 authorities andproviding additionaldataanalysis. in terms ofspatialguidance for waste planning the achievement oftheprioritiessetoutinRWS additional documentsmentionedabove willassistin co said thatitisstillarelatively recent documentwhich Having some areas are developing faster thanothers. Ac those outsideofthedevelopment plansystem. f framework for implementingtheregional priorities 6.15 P Reducing Fly-Tipping • Priority Issue10: Addressing agricultural andrural • Priority Issue9: of thewaste impacts Managing • Priority Issue8: of andManagement Reduction • Priority Issue7: Procurement andMarket • Priority Issue6: Prevention andimproved • Priority Issue5: Prevention andimproved • Priority Issue4: ofour Improving theefficiency • Priority Issue3: educationand Awareness raising, • Priority Issue2: Planningourfuture waste • Priority Issue1: are: 6.14 or waste through anumberofmeansincluding waste management Regional andSub-Regionalgrowth C De management ofMunicipalSolid Wastes management ofhazardous wastes management ofcommercial andindustrialwaste r change promotion to ofbestpractice achieve behavioural management infrastructure olicy Commentary: olicy esource, the reduction andsustainable thereduction esource, ntinues to beimplemented andthesubsequent onstruction and Demolition andDemolition onstruction Waste ino h ito roiisi rgesn,although tion onthelistofprioritiesisprogressing, v elopment T T One of the key outcomes of the RWS isto outcomesOne ofthekey oftheRWS he RWS continues to providehe RWS thepolicy he mainprioritiesidentifiedinthestrategy the region. dimensions through development frameworks across monitor progress inimplementingthespatial to deliver themessagebutitwillbeimportant helpedto The launchoftheRWS development. c and industry suchashousing, other development, onboard wastetake related issuesarisingoutof for localplanningauthoritiesto will beimportant c 55%). &demolitionwaste (approximatelyand construction c T co suggests thatin2004around 22milliontonnes of 6.17 Results: from ofwaste• Proportion landfill diverted • represents% ofeachmanagementtype oftotal • Amount ofcontrolled waste arisingandmanaged • ofwasteCapacity by managementfacilitiesby type Indicators: • andcomposting ofmunicipalsolidwaste-Recycling • Zero growth inallforms ofcontrolled waste by 2016 Ta Lo Regional Technical for Body Advisory Waste and Management Planswiththe PlansandRecycling Waste Municipal Regional WasteStrategy, T P Management mec,inorder to achieve sustainable ommerce, it Equally, ompleted across theregion before 2010. ommercial &industrialwaste (approximately 33%) he largest proportions ofwaste generatedhe largest were proportions waste managed by WPA by W 50% by 2015 30%by 2010, 25% by 2005, his policy istobeimplemented through the his policy olicy 39: olicy ntrolled waste wasgenerated intheEastMidlands. r cal Authorities thelead taking aste PlanningAuthority (WPA) gets:

management type T he Regional Waste 2006) Strategy (January Regional Priorities for Waste East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 105 otal otal 3,000 2,237 1,566 2,609 3,035 4,534 4,735 3,172 3,186 6,526 T T 12,447 22,155 567 825 871 1,188 1,199 1,479 1,150 1,301 1,301 3,054 5,583 7,352 19 210 296 113 288 999 999 651 651 926 1,042 4,342 264 316 205 961 187 195 123 121 214 840 1,161 1,907 441 478 570 906 636 2,047 2,240 1,573 1,543 2,218 9,621 3,031 Recycling/composting Landfill Diversion Re-use Disposal Recycling/composting Landfill Diversion Re-use Disposal apacity Requirement 2020 (000s tonnes) C Existing capacity 2005 (000s tonnes) Existing capacity - - he following information is taken from The Waste Planning Guidance Report SLR Consulting Guidance Planning by produced Waste The is taken from information he following T erbyshire, Cityerby erbyshire, Cityerby eicestershire, City, eicester eicestershire, City, eicester D D L L Rutland Lincolnshire Northamptonshire Nottinghamshire, Nottingham City Regional Total D D L L Rutland Lincolnshire Northamptonshire Nottinghamshire, Nottingham City Regional Total apacity of Waste Management Facilities Management Waste apacity of able 6.7 able 6.6 Source:Waste EMRA, for Planning Guidance 2006) (August Ltd SLR Consulting Source:Waste EMRA, for Planning Guidance 2006) (August Ltd SLR Consulting T T in August 2006 for the Regional Assembly. for 2006 in August report waste detailed analysis of the capacity a The for provides East Midlands.Themanagement in the report studies: three contains Management Waste future for • Spatial Planning Guidance Study Sites Waste • Significant Import/export• Waste Study (www.emra.gov.uk/regionalplan/documents/waste_planning_guidance.pdf) C 6.18 106 East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 oreWsePann udnefrER,SLRConsulting Ltd (August 2006) PlanningGuidance for EMRA, Source:Waste T in thisformat isnotavailable. 6.19 SLRConsulting Ltd (August 2006) Planning Guidance for EMRA, Source:Waste T T able 6.10 able 6.9 able 6.8 crushing &composting Soil screening &concrete Physical treatment C Physio-chemical Chemical treatment Ma (clinical &hazardous) Incineration Incineration (energy recovery) Regional Total Nottingham City Nottinghamshire, Northamptonshire Lincolnshire Rutland L L D D Regional Total Nottingham City Nottinghamshire, Northamptonshire Lincolnshire Rutland L L D D eicester City, eicestershire, eicester City, eicestershire, omposting erby City erbyshire, erby City erbyshire, te T he following tablehasbeenreproduced asmore recent from the2004/05monitoring information report rials recovery facility Ty - - eNme fFclte ramn aaiyTA00 Confidence % Treatment Capacity T/A 000s NumberofFacilities pe MSW Capacity Requirement2020(000stonnes) MSW Capacity 2005(000s tonnes) Existing MSWCapacity - Capacity of - Capacity Waste ManagementFacilities eyln/opsigLnfl ieso eueDisposal Re-use Diversion Landfill Recycling/composting eyln/opsigLnfl ieso eueDisposal Re-use Diversion Landfill Recycling/composting 1,480 595 128 102 182 386 222 213 333 326 98 85 159 147 22 13 15 1 5 4 260 840 150 110 214 121 123 195 187 # # # # # # # # # # # # 2436.9 1412.2 371.1 226.4 227.0 158.0 167.0 0.0 1,711 640 334 274 272 398 433 172 101 139 138 90 T T 2,566 2,960 otal otal 36.9 612 376 454 606 518 772 444 426 667 651 8.8 35 21 6 3 # # East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 107 # # # # 7 # 76 74 17 187 698 164 1230 2190 2,290 2,409 2,449 2,445 2,525 2.428 2,428 28,057 28,905 29,394 29,114 29,619 28,726 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 1% 0% 0% 1% 0% 0% 4% ther Total 70 81 8 0 2 0 O 223 598 171 95 32 59 26 15 11 88 166 1,383 2,525 2,273 0 64.0 12% 14% 16% 19% 23% 27% 15% 15% 16% 20% 27% 32% 925.9 122.0 647.0 5618.6 60 62 267 430 148 12376.1 354 371 393 492 678 772 1,478 2,445 2,235 omposted Recycled/ 3,446 3,921 4,572 5,537 6,951 7,799 c 2003/04 2004/05 2005/06 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 73 58 334 336 162 0 0 0 0 0 0 1,488 RDF 2,449 2,230 67 84 87 12 19 29 manufacture 70 71 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 357 300 142 4 4 2 1,470 35 2,196 2,409 296 112 819 9 7 8 7 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 20 Incineration without EfW 49 93 77 304 277 9% 8% 9% 9% 9% 7% 6% 6% 6% 7% 5% 1,489 2,120 2,290 10% 152 156 142 151 167 121 with EfW 2,391 2,438 2,600 2,596 2,811 2,853 Incineration 79% 78% 75% 72% 67% 62% 78% 78% 78% 73% 67% 60% Landfill 1,783 1,881 1,899 1,791 1,680 1,448 17873 - Management of municipal waste 2001/02 to 2004/05,thousand- Management of municipal waste tonnes/% - Continued 22,039 22,421 22,068 20,936 19,822 - East Midlands Municipal waste arisings from 2001/02 to 2004/05,thousand- East Midlands Municipal waste tonnes pe Number of Facilities 000sT/A Capacity Treatment % Confidence Ty he collection of municipal waste data for 2004/05 onwards is via Waste Data Flow - Defra’s online system for online system - Defra’s Data Flow Waste is via 2004/05 onwards he collection data for of municipal waste 00/01 01/02 02/03 03/04 04/05 05/06 00/01 01/02 02/03 03/04 04/05 05/06 T

ood etal ther household sources ther ther (fuel) ther (biological treatment) ther (unknown) East Midlands East otal household otal municipal waste England otal local authorities into Waste Data Flow.Waste local authorities into Management Waste the Municipal 2003/04 is from 2000/01 to for Data

Household waste from:Household waste 2000/01 2001/02 2002/03 Regular household collection O Civic amenity sites Household recycling T Non household sources (excl. recycling) Non household recycling T W M O O O O T able 6.12 able 6.10 able 6.11 Source: Defra Municipal Waste Management Statistics and Waste Data Flow (2006) Data Flow Source:Waste Management Statistics and Waste Defra Municipal T T T 6.20 data reported local authorities.quantifying waste by supplied information from produced were 2004/05 estimates The by Source: report EMRA (2004) Consulting for Enviros Source: Defra Municipal Waste Management Statistics and Waste Data Flow (2006) Data Flow Source:Waste Management Statistics and Waste Defra Municipal Surveys. tables. in the following presented and is Midlands the East for as a whole is available Information 108 East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 Sub regional data Municipal Defra Waste Statisticsand Management WasteSource: DataFlow (2006) F T Source: Defra Defra Waste DataFlow (2006) Source: igure 6.1 able 6.13 (000s) East Midlands Rutland CC D L Nottingham City Nottinghamshire Northamptonshire Lincolnshire L D eicester City eicestershire erby City erbyshire - Local Municipal Authority Waste 2005/06 Arisings C 232,937 187,538 190,275 145,442 228,838 ollection Refuse 11,994 69,733 87,807 75,009 1,230 Household 23,058 14,593 15,848 O 8,743 6,557 6.,41 ther 766 239 76 # 42,208 31,079 25,311 49,689 19,142 Sites 2,427 9,079 5,028 3,231 CA 187 Household Recycled 149,126 116,109 116,036 139,274 31,863 19,635 24,609 96,244 4,664 698 Household 116,816 121,213 125,907 424,271 335,491 346,215 340,962 360,071 W 19,323 T 2,190 otal aste Household Residual 20,744 34,574 24,351 11,719 34,011 29,599 8,559 Non 164 214 # Household Recycled 26,769 15,248 11,327 Non 1,235 1,192 5,183 9,681 3,060 460 74 126,567 147,140 187,251 439,520 371,169 367,615 375,434 392,730 20,773 Municipal 2,428 W T otal aste East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 109 # 7.8 1.3 1.1 0.6 7.8 21.7 11.2 35.9 12.7 21.1 23.8 21.8 25.1 34.1 20.7 29.2 31.4 26.7 31.8 86 74 38 760 532 860 532 1,475 2,439 15.4 19.2 18.6 19.9 29.8 17.6 26.1 26.6 6,796 22.5 26.3 12.2 14.2 14.5 15.7 23.4 13.3 22.8 21.4 17.8 19.3 # 6.7 1.0 0.9 0.6 5.2 16.6 10.3 40.0 18.8 6.6 11.3 11.2 13.0 19.4 10.9 19.6 18.6 14.5 15.1 7 6 4 36 72 47 131 116 279 698 9.3 5.2 9.2 8.9 17.7 16.6 10.2 17.4 12.5 13.7 4.1 7.5 7.3 9.1 9.0 15.2 16.4 14.9 11.2 13.1 - Material Sent 2005/06 for Recycling and Composting - Regional household recycling and composting rates 2000/01 to 2005/06 (%) rates recycling- Regional household composting and Region 2000/1 2001/2 2002/3 2003/4 2004/5 2005/6 tiles rkshire and Humber rkshire per and Card x est Midlands ther ans ompost o-mingled otal ondon Household WasteHousehold Midlands East (000 tonnes) % England (000 tonnes) % Pa Glass C metals and Scrap GoodsWhite Te North East North West Yo East Midlands W East L South East South West England C Plastics C O T able 6.15 able 6.14 T T Source:Waste (2006) Data Flow Source: Defra Municipal Waste Management Statistics and Waste Data Flow (2006) Data Flow Source:Waste Management Statistics and Waste Defra Municipal Recycling 110 East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 re 6.21 Local Authorities Source: Local Authorities Source: T T Received Received able 6.17 able 6.16 port asmore upto date informationport isnotyet available. 04/05 04/05 04/05 04/05 04/05 03/04 04/05 04/05 04/05 05/06 05/06 05/06 05/06 05/06 05/06 05/06 05/06 05/06 Date Date T he following commercial andindustrialinformation hasbeenretained from the2004/05monitoring Northamptonshire Nottinghamshire Lincolnshire L D Nottingham L Rutland D Northamptonshire Nottinghamshire Lincolnshire L D Nottingham L Rutland D eicestershire eicester City eicestershire eicester City erbyshire erby City erbyshire erby City - Best Value Performance Indicators 2004-05 - Best Value Performance Indicators 2005-06 A A uthority uthority uthority uthority Name Name Municipal Municipal (tonnes) (tonnes) 373,464 441,626 359,990 391,937 158,852 373,464 466,665 362,662 385,821 407,974 170,242 152,319 132,578 123,383 W W T T 20,060 20,834 otal otal aste aste # # Household Household 334,785 407,596 345,875 339,964 363,280 127,975 123,799 117,879 337,552 427,983 350,248 352,215 289,446 (tonnes) (tonnes) 19,508 W W T T otal otal aste aste # # # # B B household household 15.48% 20.19% 15.20% 16.82% 14.31% VPI 82a-% VPI 82a-% re re 25.28 18.59 19.54 16.95 11.14 17.42 12.29 16.46 w w cy cy 18.5 aste aste cled cled 18.45% 22.03% 20.20% 19.43% 13.12% 11.52% 12.00% 17.38% B B 8.55% c c household household 16.09 12.10 15.34 21.07 12.72 10.08 VPI 82b-% VPI 82b-% omposted omposted 9.71 7.45 9.71 w w aste aste re re w w - incineration - incineration co co aste usedto aste usedto B B VPI 82c- VPI 82c- v v 12.00% er energy er energy 0.00% 0.00% 0.01% 0.01% 11.93 46.34 10.64 0.14 0 0 0 0 0 of -landfill of -landfill B B disposed disposed 71.40% 56.00% 72.80% 65.80% 77.22% VPI 82d- VPI 82d- 63.39 50.69 66.07 59.29 73.45 35.07 62.22 75.01 72.83 % % # # # # B kg - per - kg 525.21 568.78 504.47 517.6 545.1 526.5 head VPI 84 84 kg - 537 514 484 467 434 534 504 568 head B per VPI # # # # East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 111 994 943 923 235 548 266 2,126 5,771 1,056 1,000 2,322 8,093 5,524 5,771 2,183 2,322 7,707 8,093 TOTAL TOTAL 2 4 6 60 17 13 38 25 69 102 198 267 522 568 Not 2,558 2,570 3,080 3,139 Recorded 4 7 9 23 65 52 18 26 32 67 170 237 & Transfer 590 563 383 394 974 957 2 4 36 23 63 17 39 17 57 113 145 258 Northamptonshire Nottinghamshire hermal Treatment T 59 88 519 285 863 413 511 201 289 1,053 2,555 3,418 476 710 336 345 811 1,055 Re-used/ Recycled 3 7 1 1 2 3 6 24 33 137 152 185 Land 752 868 498 551 Recovery 1,249 1,419 eicestershire Lincolnshire L 411 172 595 282 281 583 138 209 1,178 1,056 3,728 2,550 Land Disposal 444 464 1,592 1,522 1,148 1,058 Derbyshire - East Midlands’ sector business (thousand tonnes) option 2002/03 and disposal/recovery - East Midlands’ sector business and sub-region (thousand tonnes) or Group Sect l 98/99 l 02/03 l 98/99 l 02/03 er & Utilities tiles/wood/paper/ w x etal manufacture achinery & equipment ther services ommerce ommerce ommerce ommerce ublic sector otal otal ood, & tobacco drink Tota C Tota 98/99 Total Grand 02/03 Total Grand Industry Tota Industry Tota C Industry F Te Retail & wholesale P O T Total Grand publishing Chemical/ non-metallic minerals M M (other manufacturing) Po T C able 6.18 able 6.19 T Source: C&I survey 2002/3 & 1998/99 T Source: C&I survey 2002/3 112 East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 ore Local Authorities Source: was531,387tonnes. treated ormanagedintheEastMidlands amount ofhazardous waste deposited, t 6.22 Hazardous Waste 2002/03&1998/99 C&Isurvey Source: F 2002/3&1998/99 C&Isurvey Source: different classifications sector onlythetotals for industrialandcommercial waste combined canbecompared with2002/3dueto Note: T T onnes. However, the East Midlands is a large importer ofhazardous waste isalarge from otherregions importer and in2003the theEastMidlands However, onnes. igure 6.2 able 6.21 able 6.20 Grand Total02/03 T C C 02/03 Industry 98/99 Industry Incineration with energy otal 98/99 ommerce 02/03 ommerce 98/99 recovery n20 h atMdad rdcd2337tne fhzroswse In2003thishadrisento 267,950 produced 253,317tonnesIn 2002theEastMidlands ofhazardous waste. Sect 54902989016303,1 65,493 34,217 116,390 0 269,809 0 45,479 or Group - Deposits ofHazardous - Deposits Waste 2003 inEastMidlands sub-region&disposal/recovery option(thousandtonnes) - EastMidlands’ without energy Incineration recovery Disposal Land 3,728 3,787 1,178 2,550 2,905 883 adilLong Landfill Recovery Land 185 152 82 33 12 70 storage term Recycled Re-used/ 3,418 2,940 2,555 2,526 863 414 Recycling/ Reuse T emlTreatment hermal 258 220 113 145 123 97 Tr & Transfer (Short term) ansfer 237 328 170 272 67 56 Recorded Tr amn TOTAL eatment Not 267 349 326 198 69 23 Sub Region TOTAL 531,387 8,093 7,707 2,322 1,787 5,771 5,919 per East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 113 5.28 3.59 3.77 6.51 7.73 5.31 8.01 -7.57 10.98 between 2004/5 and 2005/6 2004/5 and between he introduction of the RWS in 2006 continues In addition to the Best Value data,Value the Best In addition to information 2000/01 to of the data from A comparison T support priorities the implementation of regional

wards targets.wards In line with national policy idlands over the past five years.Thepast five the idlands over of percentage that nearly all the local authorities idlands shows olicy Commentary omposted. or increasing the recycling and diversion of the recycling and diversion or increasing 6.25 the database shows Data Flow Waste the from in the East in recycling that has occurred increase M recycled in 2005/06 was municipal waste collected, 32% of waste approximately placing the East Midlandsout of the English regions, second after the East of England. It that the 2010 also means has recycled or composted of 30% of waste target in 2006. been achieved already 6.26 2004/05 (Table 6.12) of the proportions of waste the East local authorities in disposed of as landfill by M the proportion going to of waste lowered have landfill. information is in line with the previous This on the proportion being recycled and of waste c P 6.27 to f progress and the data shows municipal solid waste to of policyobjectives the concentration is on municipal waste. RWS The also address the need to recognises and industrial sector and continued the commercial implementation of the RWS is in these other areas management sustainable waste important if overall be achieved. is to 72.83 75.01 62.22 35.07 73.45 59.29 66.07 50.69 63.39 78.1 78.6 73.3 27.5 77.2 65.8 73.8 56.0 71.4 2004/05 2005/06 Landfill diverted from % waste - % Hazardous Waste Diverted from Landfill Waste - % Hazardous he existing waste capacity information shows capacityhe existing waste information 2005/06 performance for figures he best value T T erby Cityerby erbyshire cled or composted. eicester City eicester eicestershire D Rutland L Nottingham D L Lincolnshire Nottinghamshire Northamptonshire idlands and that short run targets have been idlands and that short have run targets cy able 6.22 he expectation for municipal solid waste (MSW)he expectation municipal solid waste for alue data is 2,180,661 tonnes, which 713,697 of onnes is recycled or composted i.e.onnes is recycled composted or 32.7% of ollowing analysis on household waste recycling analysis on household waste ollowing or re- use of waste accounts for 7.4% of waste for accounts use of waste or re- household waste in the East Midlandshousehold waste is either re capacity is that it will move from an existing 23.2% from capacity is that it will move 2020. 50% being recycled by being recycled to The f in the direction of suggests a significant movement in the East being recycled or composted waste more M achievable. are targets and that longer term achieved 6.24 t that 24.4% of waste capacity is available for recycling for capacitythat 24.4% of waste is available and composting.The expectation is that this will 43.4% in 2020. towards move existing capacity The f 2020. capacity 19.6% by and is expected rise to to T City that Derby 26.54% show recycled or composed of its household waste; Rutland 25.01%; City Leicester 27.13%; Nottingham 18.59% (much of Nottingham’s is incinerated);waste 26.66% (22.86% in Derbyshire 2004/05); 40.61% (34.20% in 2004/05); Leicestershire 33.93% (27.2% in 2004/05); Lincolnshire 37.38% (33.71% in 2004/05) and Nottinghamshire Northamptonshire 34.59% (28.6% in 2004/05). In be an increasing to continues there other words proportion that is either recycled of household waste or composted. amount of household waste total The the best in the East Midlands to produced according v 6.23 Data Analysis Data Source: Authorities Local T SECTION 7 transport

Key Points Actions

Changes are mainly small and most are not capable Consider whether frequency of data recording of being measured sufficiently accurately to reliably for some indicators should be reduced in order detect annual changes to achieve better data Road traffic continues to grow Existing actions are not achieving significant reduction in the rate of traffic growth. Other measures like road user charging and parking levies need to be investigated The Nottingham Tram system has contributed Tram systems appear effective but are only towards a slight increase in public transport usage appropriate in major cities. Need to find over the past year effective ways of achieving very significant growth in bus use elsewhere There has been a slight reduction in road casualties Local Transport Authorities and the in the Region but this may be due to factors outside Department for Transport should demonstrate the remit of the Regional Spatial Strategy that future road expenditure will be used in the most effective way Additional planned development in the Region will Ensure that transport implications are have major implications for the transport network understood and plan development and transport in a more integrated way Annual Monitoring ReportAnnual Monitoring 2005/06 East Midlands Regional Spatial Strategy East Midlands Regional Spatial 114 East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 115 Sources LA returns LA returns LA returns LA returns LA returns DfT - - ess r Prog ehicle kms ear ongestion all due to egion outes Significant in increases nos. of business and schools with plans travel F definition of plans travel being introduced Increases throughout r No change previous from y Increase in Increase length of routes in developed 12 previous months but in decrease number of new r developed Slight fall in v in travelled 2005 Difficulties exist measuring c No indicators at present get Status Tar cle ear on ear ompanies, ongestion egional outes increase in increase number of c schools and employees covered by plans travel in Increase journeys made by cy - Y y Reduction in c in urban and on areas inter- r r - tual ex nt Core / Co RSS Core RSS Core RSS Core RSS Core Significant Effect Indicator RSS Core RSS Core Significant Effect Indicator RSS Core Significant Effect Indicator Key cle els of traffic cy Indicators v cle routes ompanies ongestion in egional routes Number of businesses and schools with plans travel % of workforce by employed c with travel plans % of pupils attending schools with plans travel Journeys made by Number and length of new cy provided -- Le Scale of c urban areas and on inter- r growth itle olicy T P affic ansport al Change Tr Growth Reduction Tr Objectives he data in this report a number of sources, from gathered has been non-local authority including transport within RSS8: regional policies contained related analysis on the following his section provides T T 45 Behaviour 44 Regional 42 Regional No. olicy P 7.1 INTRODUCTION secondary data sources such as the Department for Transport website and monitoring returns from local from returns monitoring and website Transport secondary as the Department such data sources for transport authorities. 7.2 116 East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 P olicy No. 1Regional 51 50 Regional 49 48 47 Regional 46 Regional Tr P Integrating for Pr Ser R and Light f Pr Standards Park Car Charging Road User Le f Pr Pr Investment Heavy Rail Regional Criteria Ac Tr P De to Approach A Regional or Bus or Parking ublic ublic ail ansport ansport iorities iorities iorities iorities vies and P c v vices T essibility olicy olicy eloping ing itle boardings) (Number of patronage and lightrail Lev of services and reliability P -- standards parking with RTS car- c development r New non- -- schemes ticketing integrated by served P esidential omplying opulation unctuality Indicators el ofbus Key Key RSS Core Indicator Effect Significant RSS Core Core Regional RSS Core Co Core / Core nt ex tual - - 2010 12% by target of national towar level r at the An increase by improved further 2006 and 85% by to improved r r and P of RSS8 Appendix 7 set outin standards To schemes cover population Increase in egional ail services of eliability unctuality

Tar at least meet 2008 ed by ds the e Status get indicators No targets or indicators No targets or months previous 12 c patronage and lightrail Increase inbus r encouraged has punctuality Increase in Ve y c Data not A Local c ail patronage ompared to ollected this ollected ollected byollected ear uthorities ry

Land-won CrushedRock little data Prog r ess - - Regulation R O DfT LA returns LA returns ail ffice of Sources East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 117 Sources idlands ssembly East M Regional A - LA returns - LA returns - ess r Prog - - Land-won Crushed Rock Land-won ailable ee policy 52 ee policy 52 illed or ear in number ongestion Strategy published in July 2005 Data on rail not freight av of people k seriously injured Difficulties exist measuring c Reduction previous from y S S get Status ds the ds the Tar rminating ongestion ongestion ail freight egion egional egional outes egional egional outes Strategy in by place Jun 2005 Extra 1MT r originating or te in the r A decrease in accidents at the r level towar national of target 40% by 2010 Reduction of c in urban and areas on inter- r r A decrease in accidents at the r level towar national of target 40% by 2010 Reduction of c in urban and areas on inter- r r tual ex nt Core / Co RSS Core RSS Core RSS Core RSS Core RSS Core Key Indicators rminating in ongestion in ongestion in onnage of rail egion egional routes egional routes T freight originating or te r Scale of c urban areas and inter- r Scale of c urban areas and inter- r Number of people killed or seriously in road injured accidents Number of people killed or seriously in road injured accidents itle olicy T P iorities iorities ajor eight unk Road ent of a Regional Fr Strategy M Highway Investment Pr Tr Investment Pr 54 Developm 53 Regional 52 Regional No. olicy P 118 East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 Tr • Support sustainabledevelopment• Support intheregion’s Tr f Lo P to due This isinpart indicators. many ofthetransport itcontinues to bedifficultto getdataforReport 7.3 Data Issues make comparisons overmake timemore problematic. there have beenrevisions to thedefinition that plans, suchastravel Insomecase, monitoring reports. differspresented from datainprevious inthisreport D 7.6 injured intraffic accidentsisusedasanindicator. investment orseriously prioritiesbutpeoplekilled 52 and53are concerned with regional road policies For example, evidence someofthepriorities. 7.5 factors. r and suchaspunctuality influence ontheindicators, to have expected be an orshould, Strategy could, the RegionalSpatialStrategy/Regional Transport where there are to issuesaround which theextent Investment, 49RegionalHeavy Rail such aspolicy 7.4 duringthecurrent monitoring period.policy therefore notameasure oftheimplementationa 2005/06 isonlyavailable for previous years andis forthe datausedincurrent monitoring report producing othersmeansthatinanumberofcases infrequent nature ofsomedatasetsandthedelay in The for examplewithcongestion data. difficult, obtaining measurement ataregional level isstill because itcomes orbecause from irregular surveys laiiyo evcs whencompared to other ofservices, eliability ollowing objectives whendrawing uptheir Local P PUAs andSRCs olicy 42: olicy epartment for epartment Transport some timeseriesdata ansport Plansand LDDs: ansport

ansport Objectives ansport olicy No. cal Authorities shouldhave regard tothe the unavailability ofdatainaconsistent form 55 T Although thisisthe5thAnnualMonitoring Because of revisions to data undertaken by the Because ofrevisions to dataundertaken A numberoftheindicators usedonlypartially here are a number of policy areas andtargetshere are anumber ofpolicy De Airport (EMA) Airport M at East idlands P Co v T olicy olicy elopment itle re Strategy andRegional by accessing EMA passengers % of transport

Indicators public Key Key RSS Core Co Core / Core nt ex tual transport public EMA by accessing passengers Increase in • No indicators atpresent Results andData Analysis • None Ta for• Promote modalshift opportunities • Improve safety andreduce congestion • Promote improvements tointer-regional and regeneration• Support priorities • Promote accessibility andovercome • Scale ofcongestion inurbanareas andoninter- • Levels oftraffic growth Indicators: growth andcongestion A progressive over reduction timeintherate oftraffic Ta • • significantly improve andquantityof thequality • managethedemandfor travel carusage unnecessary • restrict • reduce theneedtotravel • encourage behavioural change promoting measures to: shouldbeachieved by traffic growth.This progressive over reduction timeintherate of providers shouldwork togethertoachieve a Lo P Tr Tr have regard to theCore Strategy andRegional 7.7 P Tar r international linkages peripherality intheregion’s rural areas public transport encourage journeys for andwalking cycling short olicy 44: olicy Commentary olicy ansport PlansandLocal Development Documents. ansport whendrawing Objectives upLocalansport egional routes a uhrte,pbi n oa ois and service publicandlocalbodies, cal authorities, r r gets andIndicators: gets: e Status get T he policy seeksto ensure thatlocalauthorities he policy transport by accessing EMA on passengers Limited data Regional Traffic Growth Reduction

public Prog r ess EMA Sources East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 119 36.7 36.6 38.0 39.2 39.9 40.7 40.6 51.3 52.6 54.0 53.3 47.6 53.3 27.1 53.1 58.8 53.5 3 7.0 7.1 6.7 6.9 7.0 7.0 7.0 PM peak 4.4 4.2 5.9 6.1 6.1 6.3 6.4 Rural Urban All ansport (2006) Motorways and A roads Motorways 4.9 4.9 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.9 4.8 1 Source:Traffic Road National Survey, Department for Tr 55.2 57.6 52.8 54.1 53.6 58.3 32.3 61.1 59.5 54.4 2 3.9 3.9 3.8 3.8 4.2 4.3 4.3 ff-peak O Between 16:00 and 19:00 Between 3 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.7 0.7 0.5 unk Principal Total 1995-2005 1 Tr 50.2 53.9 47.4 51.2 49.4 55.6 27.3 50.9 59.4 52.5 13.6 13.7 14.5 14.9 15.4 15.6 15.7 1 5.5 5.6 6.2 6.4 8.9 9.2 9.8 Rural Urban Minor Between 10:00 and 16:00 10:00 and 16:00 Between 2 8.1 8.1 8.3 8.5 6.6 6.5 5.9 6.8 6.8 6.2 6.3 6.5 6.8 6.8 - Average trunk road traffic speed by time period - Regions and Country: speed by trunk road traffic - Average 2003/ mph - East Midlands motor vehicle traffic billion vehicle kilometres billion vehicle traffic - East Midlands motor vehicle Motorway Trunk Principal Total rkshire & Humber rkshire est Midlands ondon Region AM peak Region AM 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 North East North West Yo East Midlands W East L South East South West England affic Growth - Significant Effect - Significant Indicator affic Growth ongestion - Significant Effectongestion - Significant Indicator igure 7.1 - Traffic increase on major roads increase Traffic 7.1 - igure able 7.2 able 7.1 Between 07:00 and 10:00 07:00 and 10:00 Between C T Source: DfT Transport Statistics (2006) T F Results: Tr 1 Source:Trunk Road Speeds Survey (2003) 120 East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 7.12 P trunk roads between peak andoffpeakperiods. difference inthespeedoftraffic onEastMidland’s There waslittle possibilities ofcongestion). have increased traffic flow andhence greater beingthatpeakperiods periods (theexpectation was madeofthetraffic speedsatpeakandoff 7.11 flowshas commissioned ITISto oftraffic. helpsurvey period traffic flows Centre to theCity DfT (LTP6).The r orbusmodeshare onthetargetedoccupancy suchasarea widenetwork speeds, information, ofotherindicators asbackgrounda basket However theindicator willbesurrounded by (LTP7). fo have contributed to the large Englishconurbations, alongwithother andLeicesterNottingham City City, change intravel expressed inpersonmiles. av 7.10 accident. v (covered plans)andis eitherdueto inlocaltransport timesthistends to bealocalissue and atparticular routes establish thatcongestion occursonparticular While itisdesirable andfeasible to on majorroads. or onroads inurbanareas, ormore particularly areas, C c c there are stilldifficultiesinmeasuring indicator, 7.9 r k slight decrease onthe2004figure of40,654million The 2005figure represents a 38,075 millionin2001. M travellednumber ofvehicle kilometres intheEast The 21% onmajorroads between 1995and2005. had thehighestgrowth intraffic withanincrease of 7.8 Data Analysis Keynes & South Midlands (MKSM)growth agenda, Keynes &SouthMidlands ue,area widetraffic (LTP2) andchangesinpeak outes, oad isshown in Table 7.1 ongestion figure asawhole. for theEastMidlands identifyingsomeaverage inparticular ongestion, lm ftafc ic on,road works oran apinchpoint, olume oftraffic, lmte.The distributionacross different of types ilometres. ongestion isby itsnature localisedeitherinurban olicy Commentary olicy rmulation ofthisindicator for urbancongestion idlands in2005was40,633millioncompared to erage journeytimeperpersonmilerelated to the T Although now classifiedasasignificanteffects eEs ilns alongwith theSouth West, he EastMidlands, As acomparison In the2004/05monitoring report A measure ofcongestion thathasbeenusedis

part ofthework to accommodatepart theMilton A County CouncilNorthamptonshire andtheHighways r significantly different approach ifthegoalofa development proposals will have to adopta New have generated many additional carjourneys. have reliant tended ontheprivate to bevery carand cy and walking improvements to publictransport, the road network andthe needfor significant c of theinterrelation between thelocation, benefit from agreater awareness andunderstanding levels presents amajorchallengeandonewhichwill ofsuchdevelopmentminimise theeffect ontraffic Finding away to significant additionaltravel. Regional Strategy to leadto canbe expected 7.14 optionsto reduce congestion.other transport potential for possibleroad pricingschemesand fundswillbeusedto consider the transport.The traffic problems andimproving roads andpublic investigation ofthepossibleoptionsfor tackling have beenallocated £1.8millionfor anin-depth Leicester andDerby) Cities subarea (Nottingham, 7.13 anddemandmanagement. levels ofmodalshift includesproposals for challenging Kettering.This measures to remove localtraffic from theA14around Go De teleworking andpersonalisedtravel plans • pilotprogrammes promoting innovations in • educational programmes • travel awareness programmes partnerships publictransport • quality • workplace andschooltravel plans include: Measures should usage andpublictransport. travel andtochangepublicattitudes towards car together toencourage intheneedto areduction providersbodies andservice shouldwork T P eduction intraffic growtheduction isto beachieved. moiinadlyu fdvlpet changesto omposition andlayout ofdevelopment, eRgoa lnigBd,publicandlocal he RegionalPlanningBody, gency have been working with North Northants have withNorth gency beenworking olicy 45: olicy ln.Developments over thelastdecade orso cling. v ve lpetCmay Communities andLocal elopment Company, rnment andDfTto come upwithinnovative T T he proposals for significantgrowth withinthe he localauthoritiesinandaround the Three Behavioural Change East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 121 59 85 40 90 78 11 46 37 42 67 36 32 117 229 165 31.2 58.6 30.5 tending % of pupils at schools with plans travel No. of schools with a travel plan 2005/06 # # # 9 0 38 15 23 38 22 56 87 44 7.8 3.6 136 141 ompanies with % of workforce by employed c plans travel 2005/06 No. of schools plan with a travel 2004/05 0 20 28 41 19 18 25 17 47 25 37 79 52 In the East Midlands, DfT’s to according made by cyclemade by proportion - a similar as in 2004.

16.2 51.4 25.39 re ansport Statistics 2005, work of journeys to 3% • % of pupils attending schools with travel plans with travel schools attending • % of pupils cycle• Journeys made by provided of new cycle• Number and length routes Results: 7.15 Tr we tending 44 (7 in progress) 44 (7 in progress) % of pupils at schools with plans travel 2004/05 No. of businesses plan with a travel 2005/06 # # # 0 9 0 21 13 19 11 13 29 56 40 5.3 23.8 ompanies with % of workforce by employed c plans travel 2004/05 No. of businesses plan with a travel 2004/05 - Proportion of Pupils and Workforce covered by Travel Plans (%) Travel by covered Workforce and - Proportion of Pupils - Travel plans 2005/06 plans 2005/06 Travel - erby erbyshire erby erbyshire gets: eicester eicestershire eicester eicestershire r D D L L Lincolnshire Northamptonshire Nottingham Greater North Nottinghamshire Rutland D D L L Lincolnshire Northamptonshire Nottingham Greater North Nottinghamshire Rutland able 7.4 able 7.3 schools and employees covered by travel plans travel by covered schools and employees plans eicester is in the process of updating their database is in the process eicester Source: Authorities Local # Data not available L T # Data not available Source: Authorities Local T Ta of companies, in the number increase year on Year • cycle in journeys made by • Increase Indicators: plans and schools with travel • Number of businesses with travel companies by employed % of workforce • 122 East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 F National TravelSurvey Source: T Local Authorities Source: T Cy Source: National Travel Survey Regional Transport Statistics (2006) Statistics Regional Transport National Travel Survey Source: Y able 7.6 able 7.5 igure 7.2 2004/05 2003/04 2002/03 T Rutland Nottinghamshire North Greater Nottingham Northamptonshire Lincolnshire L L D D a/oeWl Car ear/Mode Walk cle Routes - Significant Effect Indicatorcle Routes-Significant Effect eicestershire eicester otal erbyshire erby - Average distance travelled by modeoftravel perpersonyear) (Miles EastMidlands - New cycle routesprovided- Newcycle 2004/05to2005/06 - Trips by purpose in the East Midlands: 2004/2005,%Trips perpersonyear 2004/2005,%Trips - Trips by purposeintheEastMidlands: 209 206 195 Driver 3858 4070 4199 2004/05 Number P assenger Car 2115 2258 2333 72 14 13 18 10 2 7 2 8 O L hrPiaeLclBsOhrPbi All Modes Public Other Local Bus ther Private ength/metres 2004/05 300 332 293 73,435 20,000 11,135 25,300 5,000 5,000 3,000 3,000 1000 222 193 215 2005/06 Number 63 11 13 15 1 8 1 7 1 7 420 383 416 L ength/metres 2005/06 84,800 14,000 25,700 14,000 12,000 2,000 9,000 3,000 3,100 2000 7125 7443 7652 East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 123 1 1 3.3 2.9 2.8 1.1 1.2 1.6 10 11 7 1 5 6 4 ood progress is being made in terms of is being made in terms ood progress Although there are some gaps in the data are Although there G 7 5 ntinues to be inconclusive.Withntinues to other to regard cle routes developed in 2005/06 at 63 was below developed cle routes 73,435 to compared was developed cle route the same in 2005, remained work to journey cle to idlands increased. of In 2005/06 84,800 metres olicy Commentary here are also many uncertainties effective also many are regarding here egarding the number of new cycle routes and their the number of new cycleegarding routes 7.19 r length, undertake it is possible to some qualified analysis. the minimum number of new Although cy 2004/05 at 72,the minimum number for the in the East minimum length of new cycle routes M cy in 2004/05.metres proportion The using a of people cy as 2004, at 3 percent. increasing the number of schools with travel plans, the number of schools with travel increasing and travel although their effect on mode share co the policy, by that might be influenced areas is there that the policy show to little evidence is achieving outcomes.the desired introduction The of workplace conditions through plans is being achieved travel new planning permissions.Thereattached to is some workplace travel many suggest that to evidence or monitored. not being fully implemented plans are T and public transport accessibility in the enforcement longer term, as some possible unwelcome as well side effects. P 7.20 20 15 16 3 3 31 26 31 entages 5-16yr oldsentages length miles Average rc Pe 1 1 44 53 49 71 78 alk Car Bus Other 5 to 10 Age 11 to 16 Age W - Trips to and from School East Midlands to and from School Trips - - Usual method of travel to work - East Midlands - East to work and England: of travel - Usual method (%) Autumn 2005 he main indicators for this policy for travel he main indicators are In 2005/06 a minimum of 874 schools in the In 2005/06 a minimum of 874 schools in in the In 2005/06 a minimum of 279 businesses T ed by a travel plan in Greater Nottingham Greater plan in a travel ed by r 2002/03 2003/04 2004/05 the introduction of a definition of what the look at behavioural change. look at behavioural ve Region Car M/cycle Bicycle Bus/coach Rail Walk Other Modes East Midlands England

able 7.8 able 7.7 authorities deem to be a travel plan. be a travel authorities deem to A number of plans established travel with well employers larger met the new standards, not yet have although most actively working do so,are to in and this has resulted a by a fall in the proportion covered of employees plan. in the number of plans is increase overall The small and medium their adoption by due primarily to businesses. sized decreased between 2004/05 and 2005/06. between decreased is due This to Source: DfT Statistics 7.17 compared plans in place East Midlands had travel with 531 in 2004/05, of an increase representing 65%. approximately 7.18 to compared plans in place East Midlands had travel of an increase 168 in 2004/05 representing 66%.approximately in the Despite an increase number of actual plans, of employees the percentage co 7.16 and use of cycles and development plans developed of cycle routes. other supplement these indicators To modes of transportdata on different has been used to Source Regional Transport Statistics (2006) Transport Regional Source Analysis Data T T 124 East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 data has been collected fordata hasbeencollected area thisregional priority 7.22 Data Analysis Results: • New non-residential development complying with Indicators: • To meetstandards setoutintheRegional Transport Ta development assetoutintheRTS maximum amounts ofvehicle for new parking Development Frameworks shouldspecifythe Development Plansandfuture Local P in someform outsideLondon. to are nowcharging crucial systems inwholeorpart to whichtheymightreplacethe extent existing level andgeographical coverage ofsuchcharges and ov acceptance isnow themajorhurdle thathasto be public Gaining more acceptable to thepublic. ofsuchchargesexplored theintroduction to make Charging andsomeoftheissuesthatwillneedto be the benefitsthatcould bederived from RoadUser the Government) to gainagreater understandingof willenablethoseauthorities(and the EastMidlands F 7.21 P LT In developing proposals for round thenext of Le P Results andData Analysis: • None Ta fiscal measures toreduce caruse f easibility andappropriatenesseasibility ofintroducing und) bid by the six largest transport authoritiesin und) bidby thesixlargest transport RTS car-parking standards RTS car-parking (RTS) Strategy olicy 47: olicy Commentary olicy 46: olicy

Ps r r ercome anddecisions ontheappropriateness, vies andRoadUserCharging the successful introduction ofRoadUserthe successful Charging introduction gets: gets andIndicators: , T all Highway Authorities shouldexamine the Lack ofmonitoring systems hasmeantthatno he recent successful Innovation TIF (Transport Regional Car Parking Standards Regional Priorities forParking to detailed setofinformation relating to thestandards Amore frameworks anddevelopment plans. which needto inlocaldevelopment bereflected foramount ofvehicle newdevelopments parking which refers to newproposals for themaximum P it comes provision. to determining parking precedence whichcanthentake other factors when that theplanningprocess gives often more weight to isevidence to suggest enforcement regimes.There in theabsence ofsuitablealternatives andeffective standards asameansofinfluencingtravel behaviour r we standards butthese adopted maximumparking showed thatmostlocalplanningauthoritieshad 7.23 P and Communities andLocal Government (CLG) have 7.25 P plans. inclusion indevelopment plansandlocaltransport to approach/methodology by regional andlocalbodies area asitreferspriority to thedevelopment ofan 7.24 Data Analysis Results: None Ta Plans andLocal Transport Plans accessibility criteriafor inclusioninDevelopment methodology for determiningpublictransport local authoritiestodevelop aconsistent regional National and regional bodiesshouldwork with current RegionalSpatialStrategy. Criteria De emain abouttheeffectiveness ofcarparking olicy 48: olicy Commentary olicy olicy Commentary olicy

r be adopted isprovided inAppendix7ofthe determine public transport accessibility criteria accessibility fordetermine publictransport re v gets andIndicators: eloping Public Transport Accessibility

o lasbigapidcnitnl.Concerns not always beingappliedconsistently. T T No data has been collected forNo datahasbeencollected thisregional he RegionalParking Standards Review he Government for Office theEastMidlands A RegionalApproachto East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 125 ansport Statistics (2006) ffice of Railffice Regional Regulation Source: Rail and Authority Strategic O Tr ding to the DfT Surveyding to of Bus Operators, r co In 2004/05 there were 208 million (200 million were In 2004/05 there Ac gets: gets: rk to achieve an increase in rail passenger in rail an increase rk to achieve at least 85% by 2006 and further improved by 2006 and furtherat least 85% by improved r r

ilometres at the Regional level towards the towards the Regional level at ilometres the number of bus vehicle kilometresthe number of bus vehicle has decreased 151 million in 164 million in 2001/02 to from 2005/06, on the although this is a slight increase of 150 million kilometres. 2004/05 figure Ta patronage of bus and light rail the level increase To • of the national target towards at the Regional level 2010 12% by Indicators: (number of patronage of bus and light rail • Level boardings) Results: 7.28 journeys in bus and light rail bus and 8 million tram) the East Midlands, with 211 million in compared 2005/06 (201 million bus and 10 million tram). There in the number of been an increase has therefore public transport,journeys made by particularly on in Nottingham. the tram 7.29 wo k 2010 of 50% by target national Ta • Punctuality services reliability and of rail improved to 2008 Indicators: • Punctuality reliability and of services Results: effect - significant in Rail Patronage Growth indicator - Regional Growth Index in rail patronage - East Midlands and England: Index in rail - Regional Growth 1995/96-2004/05 Regional Priorities for Bus and Light for Regional Priorities Regional Heavy Rail Investment ail patronage in the East Midlandsail patronage increased he welcome increase in punctuality increase he welcome appears to R T elopment Framework (LDF) Monitoring Good (LDF) Monitoring elopment Framework 60% from 1995/96 to 2004/05, 1995/96 to 60% from to compared v cal Authorities, public bodies and service

iorities actice Guide published in March 2005. Although olicy 50: olicy Commentary olicy 49: igure 7.3 igure his is particularly important the usually long given providers should work in partnership should work the to increase providers the Regional at patronage rail of bus and light level 2010 of 12% by target the national towards level Lo P Rail Services lead times involved in delivering significant capacity in delivering lead times involved improvements. growth of 38% in England. growth P 7.27 been a contributory factor in encouraging have patronage. rail increased However, is an urgent there and identify growth longer term consider need to this. for cater to can be improved the network how T Data Analysis Data 7.26 by F P Pr DfT Rail, Rail, Network Authorities, Local public should companies operating bodies and train Pr indicated that a National Core Indicator for Indicator Core that a National indicated in the Local accessibility provided has been De Output was not included in the Core this indicator Regional Planning published at the for Indicators same time, will that its use at the LDF level state CLG RSS monitoring, be used for enable it to although it is this inform acknowledged to late that this was too Report. 126 East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 • promote thedevelopment ofahierarchy of • promote thedevelopment ofmulti-modal Fr future Local Development Development Plans, aswell as inotherareas ofactivity. planning regimes, Go re r occur withoutsubstantialchangesinvolving both modeshare will increase inpublictransport actual growth to levels achieve oftheorder an necessary that unlikely seemsextremely It of theformer. and therefore represents adeclineinthemodeshare anticipated inroad traffic over acomparable period light rail patronage islower thanthegrowth 7.31 P 2004/05. in2005/06compared to 8millionin undertaken with10millionjourneysbeing in patronage, system (whichhasonlyoneline)shown agrowth The Nottinghamtram in2000/01. public transport still remains by below thenumberofjourneystaken compared to 2004/05but the useofpublictransport shows anincrease in journeys intheEastMidlands 7.30 Data Analysis F P P egulatory and financial reforms.The mosteffective andfinancialreforms.The egulatory and Sub-RegionalCentres withthePrincipal Urban Areas starting locations, interchangepublic transport facilitiesat key education andsocialcare health, supporting services of publicandothertransport through ticketing initiatives andtheintegration ublic Transport igure 7.4 olicy Commentary olicy fo ameworks andLocal Transport Plansshould: olicy 51: olicy ve rms will require the active support ofcentral rms willrequire support the active net involving and changesto thetransport rnment, T T he nationaltarget of12%growth inbusand he 2005/06information onbusandlightrail - Busandlightrail (Millions) journeysintheEastMidlands Regional Priorities forIntegrating Results: • Population by integrated served schemes ticketing Indicators: • Increase inpopulationcovered by integrated Ta • promote thedevelopment ofnew parkandride • consider settlements withexisting orproposed • promote safe andconvenient access onfoot and is to bemade. greater integration isessential ifsignificantprogress a regime thatpositively seeksandencourages r authorities currently have littleornocontrol.The over whichlocalandregional significant hurdles, progress isbeingachieved becauseofanumber system ishighlydesirable butlittle transport 7.33 P co would be thewholeofEastMidlands extremis sothatin schemes are thefewer there willbe, c measure sincepriority asformulated itgives a 7.32 Data Analysis emoval ofthesebarriersandtheirreplacement with nuigmsae since themore integrated onfusing message, ticketing schemes ticketing transport corridorstransport Pr traffic congestion onroutes into theRegion’s facilities inappropriate locations toreduce locations for new development interchangepublic transport facilitiesas by olicy Commentary olicy ve r gets: incipal Urban Areas andalongsidestrategic

cy r ed by onescheme. T No data has been collected forNo datahasbeencollected thisregional he achievement of afullyintegrated public cle to public transport services cle topublictransport Source: DfT Transport Statistics Transport DfT Source: East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 127 8 2 17 42 23 41 57 56 52 riously 59 21 141 483 308 442 518 434 357 Injured Se 2,763 0 1 0 1 6 3 2 2 0 Killed Killed or 59 21 141 483 308 442 518 434 357 riously Injured # Se 94 30 557 232 517 498 453 405 2 2,786 15 48 10 49 69 42 30 37 Killed Killed or 2 22 45 27 35 34 51 84 60 gets: r wards the national target of 40% by 2010 of 40% by the national target wards riously Ta level regional in accidents at the • A decrease to • Reduction on and in urban areas of congestion routes inter-regional Indicators: killed• Number of people in road or seriously injured accidents routes and inter-regional in urban areas • Congestion Results: Injured Se 5 8 6 6 6 5 5 2 1 81 36 Killed Killed or 147 579 298 630 538 504 438 3,251 6 0 11 18 11 18 22 32 27 2003/04 2004/05 2005/06 riously Injured Se 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 2 0 Child Pedestrian Pedestrian Adult Road Users All Children All Killed Killed or - People Killed or Seriously- People Injured In East Midlands 2003/04 - 2005/06 Regional Trunk Road Trunk Regional Investment - Traffic accidents 2005/06 Traffic - erby erbyshire erby erbyshire otal eicester eicestershire eicester eicestershire cal Planning Authorities to ensure that all new that to ensure cal Planning Authorities iorities D D L L Lincolnshire Northamptonshire Nottingham Greater North Nottinghamshire Rutland T D D L L Lincolnshire Northamptonshire Greater Nottingham North Nottinghamshire Rutland olicy 52: able 7.10 able 7.9 his policy the the need for the next and highlight educe congestion and improve safety and improve congestion educe Source: Authorities Local # Data not available Source: Authorities Local T T highway capacity is managed effectively to capacity is managed effectively highway r T Agency,Highways closely with regional working and Authorities Transport bodies and individual Lo P Pr 128 East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 7.34 F T Source: Regional Transport Statistics (2006) Statistics Transport Regional Source: Includesexpenditure onpatching 5. Local expenditure excludes authority carparks 4. Payments to contractors underDBFOschemes 3. and cannotbecompared withthoseinearlierversions A Previously thistableshowed figures for ‘routine2. andwinter maintenance andpubliclighting’.The Highways Figures are onaresource accounting basis 1. able 7.11 ec sn ogral osprtl dniyti xedtr.Figures are now shown underanewheading isnolongerableto separately identifythisexpenditure. gency igure 7.5 Roads Local O r and trunk Motorways oads ther F or dataoncongestion pleaseseePolicy 44. 1 4 - Expenditure on East Midlands Roads2004/05 - ExpenditureonEastMidlands - Regional expenditure on roads- East Midlands and Country: 2003-05 (£ Million) 2003-05(£Million) andCountry: - Regionalexpenditureonroads-EastMidlands winter maintenance Cu maintenancestructural /improvementNew construction and All road expenditure Revenue expenditure onpubliclighting Revenue expenditure onroad safety Routine andwinter maintenance maintenance andstrengthening Revenue expenditure onbridgestructural r lighting, New improvement for highways, DBFO shadow tolls oad safety and structural maintenanceoad safety andstructural rrent maintenance includingroutine and 3 2 5 M 2003/04 idlands East 464.7 207.9 24.8 14.3 59.7 13.7 46.0 96.0 2.2 England 2003/04 5,434.8 2,378.8 298.4 288.7 931.2 210.3 410.5 856.3 60.6 M 2004/05 Statistics (2006) Transport Regional Source: idlands East 554.3 269.1 120.3 26.2 14.3 59.6 14.6 47.4 2.8 England 2004/05 2,613.4 6,003.3 1053.4 216.9 414.7 316.0 344.5 984.2 60.1 East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 129 180 1,490 172 1,483 158 1,404 elopment of a Regional Freight v De r traffic casualties and investment please see casualties and investment r traffic ee policies 52 and 44. 52 and 44. ee commentary on Policies he Regional Freight Strategy was produced Strategy he Regional Freight 169 or data on congestion please see Policy 44. please see Policy or data on congestion S S T Fo F 1,390 gets: cal Transport Plans cal Transport r olicy Commentary olicy 54: he Regional Planning Body should work with he Regional Planning Body should work Region Region accidents Strategy Data Analysis Data 7.40 P 7.41 P T emda,Transport Authorities, other public bodies industry of the freight to and representatives based Regional Freight a broadly develop of the next round inform to in order Strategy Lo Ta Strategy a Regional Freight produce To • in or terminating originating Extra freight rail 1mt • Indicators: in terminating originating or freight of rail Tonnage • Results: 7.42 and published in July 2005. Indicators: Number of people killed• in road or seriously injured routes and inter-regional in urban areas Congestion • Results: 7.38 policy 52. 7.39 163 1,277 155 1,345 163 1,347 - Freight transport by road - Goods lifted by origin of goods -East Midlands road - Goods lifted and transport by by - Freight Regional Major Highway ther work needs to be done to demonstrate be done to needs to ther work r he number of people killedhe number of people or seriously Fu £554.3 million was spent on East Midlands’ £554.3 million was spent T Origin 1993 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 gets: a10.5% increase in expenditure in England over in expenditure a10.5% increase cal Transport Authorities,Transport cal closely with working and national and cal Planning Authorities r onsistent with RTS and sub-area Objectives Objectives and sub-area RTS with onsistent East Midlands England

olicy 53: olicy Commentary ountry: 1993-2005 Million tonnes able 7.12 effectively c the national target of 40% by 2010 of 40% by the national target illed or seriously injured compared to a least 2,840 to compared illed or seriously injured egional bodies should: oads in 2004/05 compared to £464.7 million in to oads in 2004/05 compared Source: Statistics (2006) Transport Regional Transport Survey of Road Goods Continuing T C Ta towards level at the regional in accidents A decrease • • ensure all highway capacity is managed all highway • ensure Lo Lo r investment the highway to progress • work priorities schemes are highway additional any • ensure P Investment Priorities Investment the same time period. P 7.37 capacity is highway trunk road that new regional to in order being planned and managed effectively help maximise the aims of this policy. 2003/04 and £257.2 million in 2002/03.There2003/04 and £257.2 has between in expenditure been a 19.3% increase in the East Midlands2003/04 and 2004/05 compared to r 7.35 in 2005/06 in the East Midlandsinjured was less than in 2004/05. either In 2005/06 2,793 people were k in 2004/05. 7.36 Data Analysis Data 130 East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 also criticalto this. management andinvestment intheroad system is r andinvestmentdetermining future rail policy inthe Go A freight movements ofthe doesrely ontheactions to av c traffic over thelast5years butthiscannotbe there hasbeenasignificantgrowth inroad freight Go whichwere submitted to of Local Transport Plans, was completed intimeto inform thesecond round Source: East Midlands Airport Masterplan (2006) Airport East Midlands Source: F 7.44 P million tonnes in2005. risingto 180 where 155milliontonnes were lifted, hascontinued to growEast Midlands since 2000 7.43 Data Analysis ail system.The influence ofGovernment onthe ail system.The ompared withrail freight becausethedataisnot igure 7.6 pax particularly ssembly’s organisations, partner olicy Commentary olicy

ailable.The ability oftheRegionalFreight ability Strategy ailable.The influence criticaldecisionsaboutmodeshare and ve ve 10,000 15,000 20,000 25,000 30,000 35,000 5,000 T net whichisnow responsible for rnment, Monitoring confirms that rnment inMarch 2006. T he production oftheRegionalFreighthe production Strategy he tonnage ofroad freight originatinginthe 0 Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov JanFeb Dec Apr May JunJulAug Oct Sep - Passengers using the Skylink Bus Service to East Midlands Airport toEastMidlands - Passengers BusService usingtheSkylink Results: • % ofpassengersaccessing EMAby publictransport Indicators: • Increase inpassengersaccessing EMAby public Ta • ensure proposals that are transport compatible • assessthemeasures toincrease necessary the access• consider needsofEMA thesurface • provide operational for expansion further of LDFsandLTPsDevelopment should: Plans, P A transport transport linkstoEMA transport with theneedtocreate effective public share oftripstoEMAmadeby publictransport toimpacts EMA withinitsboundariessubject olicy 55: olicy irport (EMA) irport r gets: De v elopment atEastMidlands Mar East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 131 (aircraft landing or take-offs) at East Midlands at airports or take-offs) landing (aircraft 1 (arrivals or departures)(arrivals GB airports at - East Midlands: 1993- 1 at East Midlands airports:Thousands tonnes 1993-2005 1,2 1.4 2.2 2.4 3.2 4.3 4.4 4.2 - Terminal passengers - Terminal - Air transport movements - Freight lifted - Freight Region 1993 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 rminal passengers (arrivals and departures) effects - significant indicator rminal passengers (arrivals igures include some double counting because domestic traffic is counted at airport and departure is counted because domestic traffic include some double counting on arrival igures igures include some double counting because domestic traffic is counted at airport and departure is counted because domestic traffic include some double counting on arrival igures igures include some double counting because domestic traffic is counted at airport and departure is counted because domestic traffic include some double counting on arrival igures East Midlands igure 7.8 igure igure 7.7 igure able 7.13 F mail and passengers’Excluding luggage F F Source: Authority Aviation Civil Source: Authority Aviation Civil 1 2 F 1 Te T 1 2005 (Millions) F Source: Authority Aviation Civil 1993-2005/Thousands 1993-2005/Thousands 132 East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 was around 0.5%. a percentage oftotal HGVmovements ontheM1 as the numberofHGVsgoingto andfrom theAirport information wasprovided whichshowed that Study, t Inthecourse of atpeaktimes. particularly system, percentage oftheoverall traffic onthemotorway 7.47 other thanacarby 2016 by means • 10%ofpassengersaccessing theAirport by 2016 other thansinglecaroccupancy • 30%ofemployees by means accessing theAirport 7.46 P 7.45 Data Analysis t 2005 to 266.6thousandtonnes from 253.1thousand The increased amountoffreight in lifted in 2005. passengers fell from 4.4millionin2004to 4.2million The numberofterminal a slightdecrease. movementsnumber ofairtransport in2005showed echnical work on the North-South M1MultiModal echnical work ontheNorth-South onnes in2004. olicy Commentary olicy In theirMasterplan EMApropose two targets: Airport traffic contributes arelativelyAirport small Af t er aperiodofexpansionsince 1993the ve therefore has and 6am, between 8pmand i.e. or night, during theevenings accesses the airport traffic predominantly Freight network. motorway onthe limited impact place off-peakandtherefore hasa takes includingHGVtraffic, freight road-movements, c co produce large volumes oftraffic itdoesnot andwhileitmay around peakcongested hours, spread duringtheday rather thanconcentrated 7.48 peaks. on motorway ongested hours.The majority of airport related ofairport majority ongested hours.The ry ntribute a large proportion oftrafficntribute during alarge proportion

little effect T he Airport’s contribution to traffic tends to be East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 133 sub areas sub tions idlands Rural Affairs Forum and Government and Forum Affairs idlands Rural he Assembly is workinghe Assembly the East with will lead on a project define he Assembly to he Assembly, and local authorities relevant he Assembly, local authorities and relevant furtherhe Plan places emphasis on the need he Assembly, local authorities and relevant onservation of the Park for future generations future for onservation of the Park or policy implementation and monitoring the ensure or partners to together work to Ac T M develop to England bodies such as Natural measures T necessary these are spatial boundaries where f T other key partners the ensure will need to but is not only implemented spatial strategy enable set up to are regimes that monitoring be measured to progress T other key partners the ensure will need to but is not only implemented spatial strategy enable set up to are regimes that monitoring be measured to progress T f c T other key partners the ensure will need to but is not only implemented spatial strategy enable set up to are regimes that monitoring be measured to progress SECTION 8 SECTION ee Cities Sub-area: ther work is necessary realistic ther work develop to r y Points r eak Sub-area: he new National Park Management Plan is due to he new National Park Since the analysis of sub-regional areas is relatively new the monitoring process has only been able to cover to has only been able process new the monitoring is relatively areas the analysis of sub-regional Since A number of policies have been difficult to been have A number of policies spatial boundaries a lack of precise due to measure Area: Policy Lincoln and A new draft spatial strategy sub-regional Policy the Lincoln for implementation framework has been launched (September 2006) Area Northern Sub-area: and A new draft spatial strategy sub-regional the Northern for Sub- implementation framework has been launched (September 2006) area P T be published in 2007 Th and A new draft spatial strategy sub-regional Cities Three the for implementation framework has been launched (September 2006) Sub-area measures for delivering rural priorities rural delivering for measures Ke Fu 8.1 number of issues.a limited of development the continual by will be informed monitoring sub-regional Future frameworks. and local development strategies sub-regional INTRODUCTION 134 East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 P olicy No. 6R 5 Areas Rural Pr in UrbanAreas De C egional oncentrating iorities in P v T olicy olicy elopment itle Ac areas y journeys per bus passenger Number of in rural areas employment Numbers in growth towns in Northants development % ofnew outside PUAs within and developed floorspace land and new houses, Number of (PUAs) Urban Areas in Principal development new % ofRegion’s rural areas in services essential ear inrural c Indicators essibility to essibility Key Key RSS Core RSS Core RSS Core RSS Core RSS Core Co Core / Core nt ex tual developed be to Ta to to accessibility Improve levels from 2001 journeys passenger bus number of Increase in employment numbers in Increase in r Tar services gets e Status get previous AMR av information No further not available Data currently section Ec S MKSM AMR separate Cover above As policy to be developed targets needto indicators and definitions, Spatial ee policy 6in ee policy

onomy ailable since measure ed by Prog - - r ess SERRL - - - - - Sources East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 135 Sources opulation - Labour Force Survey/Ann ual P Survey emda IMD from ODPM Annual Business Inquiry ess r Prog ailable ailable mained fairly onstant Data not av Rates re c although rate in increased East Lindsey Slight increase spend in visitor 2004 between and 2005 No update to IMD available ABI to Update data not yet av get Status gets Tar r Ta to be developed tual ex nt Core / ntextual ntextual Co Co RSS Core Co RSS Core RSS Core Key ablethorpe Indicators es in eprivation ainsborough ugust) in isitor igures based igures oastal area oastal area oastal area ood Employment rat market towns Employment rates in (measured January and A c V spending in c of Indices D (IMD) in G ,M and Skegness. F on 10% most SOAs deprived Change in number of to jobs related f production and distribution itle elopment olicy T v P in the Eastern Sub-Area a) De 7 No. olicy P 136 East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 P olicy No. 8 7 P b) Lincoln Area Eastern Sub- in the Pe Ov olicy Area olicy ripherality P ercoming T olicy olicy itle scores ra LA (IMD); D Multiple Indices of P in transport use ofpublic provision and Increase Centre City floorspace in r % changein Area jobs inPolicy % changein Area built inPolicy new houses Number of Ac improvements transport Relevant use ofICT etail olicy Area olicy eprivation nks and c Indicators ess to and Key Key RSS Core Co Co Co Co S oeIncreased RSS Core RSS Core Co ntextual ntextual ntextual ntextual ntextual Core / Core nt ex tual aver r greater than all transport public and useof floorspace new retail Job creation, 06) (Sept RSS draft included in SRS Draft aver than regional deprivation r greater IMD shows Ac areas peripheral in use ofICT to extended broadband eduction of eduction egional

Tar c all areas ess to age age e Status get IMD available No updateto av Data not av Data not third district increase inthe only asmall P inthe districts in two ofthe in employment was adecline and 2005there Between 2004 y from previous Little change Ta implemented been schemes have transport A numberof achieved ear olicy area and olicy r ailable ailable get virtually Prog r ess ODPM IMD from - LA returns Inquiry Business Annual LA returns BT - Sources East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 137 Sources opulation opulation Labour Force Survey/ Annual P Survey LA returns STEAM Annual Business Inquiry Labour Force Survey/Annual P Survey IMD from ODPM ess r Prog erbyshire isitor omparison omparison emaining Change from APS LFS to data makes c difficult Restricted occupancy dwellings being provided RSS above for target affordable housing V spending r fairly constant 2004 Between and 2005 in employment D by Dales grew 7% and the fell High Peak by 1% Change from APS LFS to data makes c difficult No update to IMD available get Status age age gets to Tar r view egional eduction egional Draft SRS included in draft RSS re (Sept 06) Higher rate of increase than r aver Ta be developed IMD shows greater r in deprivation than r aver tual ex nt Core / ntextual ntextual ntextual ntextual Co Co Co Co RSS Core RSS Core Co RSS Core Key Indicators eprivation isitor anks and to elated (IMD); LA r scores V spending Change in number of jobs, particularly r creative industries Indices of Indices Multiple D Employment rates Number of new affordable houses built % change in economic activity and employment rates itle elopment olicy T v P iorities for in the Peak Sub-Area Spatial Pr De Regeneration of the Northern Sub-Area 9 10 No. olicy P 138 East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 P olicy No. 11 2Managing 12 National Park P outside the De Pr Spatial Sub Area the Peak V and T ourism eak District isitors in iorities for P v T olicy olicy elopment itle jobs number of Change in spending V houses built affordable new Number of rat Employment activities activities r t jobs in Number of National Park outside immediately areas in attractions new visitor Number of visitor spend per amount of visitors and Number of elated ourism isitor es Indicators Key Key RSS Core Co Co RSS Core RSS Core RSS Core RSS Core Co ntextual ntextual ntextual Core / Core nt ex tual developed be Ta developed be Ta r r Tar gets to gets to e Status get av Data not av Data not av Data not av Data not industries t employment in increase in was an and 2005there Between 2004 av Data not above S ourism related ee Policy 10 ailable ailable ailable ailable ailable Prog - r ess Inquiry Business Annual - - Inquiry Business Annual emda LA returns Inquiry Business Annual Sources East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 139 Sources Blue Flag Blue Flag Bio diversity action plans LA returns LA returns Annual Business Inquiry LA returns IMD form ODPM - ess r Prog measure

ecline in retail Only 1 beach has blue now flag Data currently not available Increase in Increase new housing development 2004 Between and 2005 Sub- a has seen area in 3.3% growth employment D floorspace between 2001-05 Data currently not available No update to IMD available Indicators and Indicators need to targets be developed to policy get Status age age gets listed meet

Tar r anagement eduction in egional IMD shows greater r deprivation than regional aver To Regional Biodiversity Habitat M and Recreation Ta in Appendix 5 of RSS8 Job creation, new retail floorspace and use of public transport all greater than r aver Increase in Increase blue flag beaches - tual ex nt Core / ntextual ntextual ntextual ntextual Co Co Co Co RSS Core RSS Core Co Regional Core Key Indicators pe); and areas eprivation olicy Area alue including egional or sub- egional etail anks and Number of Blue Flag beaches Change in areas of biodiversity importance, including: priority habitats and species (by ty for designated their intrinsic v of sites international, national, r r significance Number of new houses built in Policy Area % change in jobs in Policy Area in % increase r in floorspace City Centre Increase and provision use of public transport in P of Indices Multiple D (IMD); LA r scores -- itle elopment olicy T v P iorities for anagement oast in the Three in the Cities Sub- area Pr the M of the Lincolnshire C De transport objectives 15 35 43 Sub area No. olicy P 140 East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 T LT T P indicators where recent dataissparse. indicators alsoneedto berefined andthere are some r 8.2 Data Issues Source: SERRL, 2005. Rural Services Series Rural Services 2005. SERRL, Source: Ta • Locate appropriate development ofalesserscale • Locate significant levels ofnew development in • Locate significant levels ofnew development in largest PUAs. clarification ofthearea covered by theRegion’s three work place to hastaken provideMonitoring Report 8.3 Results andData Analysis: growth• towns% ofnewdevelopment inNorthants landandfloorspace • Number ofnewhouses, • % ofregion’s newdevelopment inPrincipal Urban Indicators: Urban Areas egional area to becovered hasnotbeendefined; developed withinandoutsidePUAs Areas (PUAs) i oiyrqie eeomn ln,LDFs, requires Developmenthis policy Plans, in Sub-RegionalCentres C PUAs able 8.1 olicy 5: olicy L Urban >10K- Urban >10K-Sparse L To Sparse To V V Dwellings -Less sparse Hamlet andisolated dwellings -Sparse Hamlet andIsolated Ps r ry Kettering and Wellingboroughorby, ess sparse ess sparse illage -Less sparse illage -Sparse gets: wn andfringe- wn andfringe- In somecasestheprecise geographic sub Since work commenced onthiscurrent Annual

and economic development strategies to: To be de be To C - % of residential delivery points within specified distance of service in the East Midlands in the EastMidlands pointswithinspecifieddistance ofservice - %ofresidentialdelivery oncentrating Development in velop ed Societies Building Banks & (4km) 100.0 99.6 72.4 92.2 40.5 16.5 60.9 36.1 P (4km) C 100.0 100.0 100.0 oints 98.6 81.2 55.9 87.7 55.2 ash Surgeries (4km) GP 99.9 94.3 91.6 92.0 65.8 38.7 78.2 57.4 Pr School 100.0 (3km) 99.2 98.9 98.8 76.9 59.4 73.9 44.3 imary r areas covered by thisPolicy before (2006/07) thenext targets aswell asto definetheremaining urban key journeys inrural areas. 8.6 in theeconomy chapter. 8.5 Results: • inrural areasAccessibility to essentialservices • Numbers inemployment inrural areas • Number ofbuspassengerjourneysperyear inrural Indicators: • Improvement to inaccessibility services • Increase innumbersemployment • Increase innumbersofbuspassengerjourneys Ta settlements andtheirhinterlands strengthens rural enterprise andlinkagesbetween ofrural andvitality communities,character that new development maintains thedistinctive and economic development strategies toensure T P 8.4 P ound ofannualmonitoring. areas from 2001levels i oiyrqie eeomn ln,LF,LTPs LDFs, requires developmenthis policy plans, olicy 6: olicy Commentary olicy r gets: T Numbers inemployment inrural areas iscovered markets Fu Super- here isnodatafor thenumberofbuspassenger 99.9 95.6 88.9 99.4 52.0 20.2 71.5 36.7 (4km) r ther work isneededto develop meaningful Regional Priorities inRural Areas Centre (8km) Job 98.1 99.9 63.1 27.8 53.6 25.3 61.3 23.7 Libraries 100.0 (4km) 99.8 88.1 63.3 47.1 69.7 34.5 5.5? Station P (4km) 100.0 100.0 etrol 95.7 86.7 78.9 83.0 86.7 65.2 O 99.8 99.8 98.4 99.4 70.5 59.2 70.4 41.2 (2km) P ffice ost Se School 99.6 97.7 77.0 79.5 44.8 30.3 62.0 37.5 (4km) c ondary East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 141 elopment in the Eastern Sub Area gets: v ablethorpe and Skegness ugust) in coastal area area ugust) in coastal r idlands Rural Affairs Forum and organisations such and organisations Forum Affairs idlands Rural olicy 7a: he policy other things) to aims (amongst A M distribution aluable. egional centres, other and enhance regenerate Indicators: • Employment rates in market towns in market towns rates • Employment in January (measured rates and Employment • Visitor area spending in coastal • in Gainsborough, of Deprivation Indices • production and food to Number of new jobs related • P De T and the sub- Area Policy the Lincoln strengthen r production to food given - with attention towns and distribution and tourism Ta be • To developed M will be Communities Rural for as the Commission v - Access to Services- Access ther work is necessary realistic ther work develop to r Bus passenger journeys have been dropped as been dropped Bus passenger journeys have Fu igure A2.1 of Mapping Deprivation in the East Midlands- Implications for Policy produced by Anne Green for Anne Green by produced in the East Midlands- Policy Mapping A2.1 of igure Deprivation Implications for he information on accessibility above was on accessibility above he information On the whole, densely populated more larger F T change significantly over a shortchange significantly over time period as ailable. which the information of the nature Given

olicy Commentary igure 8.1 igure P 8.10 in the draftan indicator Regional Plan, as they cannot areas. rural for be measured 8.11 Data Analysis Data 8.8 services. to access better have areas However, in ‘villages-sparse’ the poorest general have to tend services. to access smaller though hamlets have Even urban closer to be located to populations they tend than smaller access better have and hence areas villages. both residences and serviceboth residences delivery to points tend be static. 8.9 Source: SERRL, 2005. Services Rural Series report. monitoring in the 2004/05 regional provided is not yet of this information version An updated av within of residences looks at the percentage services of different it is unlikelyspecified distances to F 8.7 measures for delivering rural priorities as well as priorities as well rural delivering for measures areas.defining rural of the East In this the work the East Midlands Development Agency (emda) RES Evidence base the East Midlands Agency (emda) RES Evidence Development (http://www.intelligenceeastmidlands.org.uk/popup.asp?thetype=2&thefile=uploads/documents/89137/20050830 Midlands classification of East the rural a map showing areas. contains %5FAGreen%5Fdeprivation%5Ffinal%2Epdf) 142 East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 F data are notcomparable #datanotavailable NOMIS Source: T Annual Population NOMIS Survey Source: T towns.market Employment rates are notavailable for authorities. lowest local geographical area beingdistrict the forSurvey anumberofgeographical areas; ra w Lincolnshire asindicated onthe Lincolnshire Visit 8.12 Results: Catlwrs refers boundarieschangedin2001soearlier to allwards whichhave acoastal boundary.Ward ‘Coastal wards’ able 8.3 able 8.2 igure 8.2 East Midlands wards Non coastal C South Holland East Lindsey B biewwvsticlsiecm.Employment ebsite www.visitlincolnshire.com . t es are available from theAnnualPopulation oston oastal wards East Midlands Lincolnshire South Holland East Lindsey B oston T here towns are anumberofmarket in - Unemployment inCoastal (%) Areas - Employment RatesinCoastal (%) Areas Unemployment January 04 January 2.3 1.3 2.5 1.4 # # Unemployment January 04 January Jan 2004 - Dec 2004 Jan 2005 - Dec 2005 Jan2005 -Dec 2004 Jan 2004-Dec 1.9 1.3 1.5 1.2 1.4 1.1 Unemployment 75.4 75.3 77.7 70.9 76.2 January 04 January differences performance. inlabourmarket data hasbeenusedto identifyany seasonal Unemployment orAugust. in timesuchasJanuary Annual Population isnotavailable Survey atapoint Employment rate datafrom the shown inthetable. r Employment rates data Lindsey andSouthHolland. East theLincolnshire coastdistrict namelyBoston, the three oftheir localauthoritiesthathave aspart 8.13 2.0 1.7 3.3 1.5 2.5 1.7 elates to aoneyear periodendinginthemonth Employment rates incoastal areas are basedon Unemployment 2.1 1.6 1.8 1.5 1.6 1.7 January 04 January NOMIS Claimant Count Sou 2.3 2.1 3.4 1.8 2.6 2.3 rce: Unemployment January 04 January 75.8 76.5 77.6 74.3 76.2 2.4 2.1 2.4 2.0 2.0 2.3 Unemployment January 04 January East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 143 9% 164 506.34 343.30 849.64 est Lindsey est Lindsey W (includes Gainsborough) 502.45 325.95 828.39 89 21% 526.97 337.04 864.01 2003 2004 2005 East Lindsey (includes East Lindsey Skegness and Mablethorpe) Skegness - Index of Deprivation in the Eastern Sub Area in - Index of Deprivation - Index of Deprivation - Visitor Spend in Lincolnshire (£million) Spend in Lincolnshire Visitor - he 2004/05 monitoring report used information from the Lincolnshire Tourism Model to identify visitor Model to Tourism report the Lincolnshire monitoring he 2004/05 from used information T erseas and domestic oportion of district’s population living in oportion of district’s ank from all LAs in England * (of 354, in England * (of all LAs ank from otal Spend R 1=most deprived) Pr in the country** SOAs the most deprived Spend by staying visitors both visitors staying Spend by ov visitors day Spend by T igure 8.3 igure able 8.5 able 8.4 he areas shown are Super Output Areas are shown he areas Source: IMD data, ODPM Copyright.© Crown All rights reserved. East Midlands Regional Assembly, 100038615, 2004 A darker colour indicates more deprivation more A darker indicates colour T F *Measured from average score of SOAs of SOAs score average *Measured from 10% plus a small proportion 10-30% of worst **Worst of about 1,500 population Output Areas of Census groupings are (SOAs) Super Output Areas Source: IEM data, ODPM Source: STEAM Model www.eastmidlandstourism.co.uk T T 8.14 of Lincolnshire. areas spend in coastal 2003. for was only available information This In this report the data from Activity provides model has been used although this Monitor) Economic Tourism STEAM (Scarborough areas. the coastal than for as a whole rather Lincolnshire for information 144 East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 ra theemployment SouthHolland, Inonearea, whole. areas were similarto thosefor Lincolnshire as a 8.15 Data Analysis beverages andtobacco Non-specialised wholesaleoffood, 5139 : crustaceans andmolluscs ofotherfood including fish, 5138 :Wholesale cocoa andspices tea, ofcoffee, 5137 :Wholesale sugar confectionery ofsugarandchocolate and 5136 :Wholesale ofalcoholic andotherbeverages 5134 :Wholesale edible oilsandfats eggsand produce, ofdairy 5133 :Wholesale ofmeat andmeat products 5132 :Wholesale offruitandvegetables 5131 :Wholesale beverages andtobacco Agents involved inthesaleoffood, 5117 : offood andbeverages Manufacturing 15 : wholesale. covering and production Classification codes, distribution covers arange ofStandard Industrial T * 2004datahasbeenrevised by ONSanddiffers from thatpublishedintheprevious monitoring report ABI Source: T increase intheemployment rate inEastLindseyfrom re employment rates in2004and2005 Survey, According to theAnnual Population at 76.5%. he definitionusedfor food and production able 8.6 te mained fairlyconstant although there hasbeenan East Midlands Eastern SubArea W South Kesteven South Holland Rutland Kesteven North Lincoln East Lindsey B oston

est Lindsey in 2005at77.6%wasabove thatfor Lincolnshire Employment rates incoastal localauthority - Change in number of jobs related to food production anddistribution - Changeinnumberofjobsrelatedtofoodproduction 01jb 02jb 03jb 04jb*20 os%2004 2005jobs 2004jobs* 2003jobs 2002jobs 2001 jobs 71,985 19,854 1,479 3,249 7,562 3,080 2,478 999 934 74 70,503 20,479 1,468 3,442 7,715 2,873 1,163 2,770 992 56 68,150 19,814 1,206 3,754 7,699 2,623 2,906 8.16 +/- 3.5%. has aconfidence for interval thedataonaverage of P The Annual 70.9% in2004to 74.3%in2005. A thantheyare in are marginally higherinJanuary f they have beengradually increasing over thepast Unemployment rates remain relatively low although been usedsince thisisavailable monthly. claimantcount unemployment datahas (August), c and distribution intheEastern Sub-area. 1,796 jobs(approximately 9.0%) infood production there has beenadeclineof according to theABI, between 2001and2005, between 2004and2005; anddistributionremained constantproduction 8.19 authorities inthecountry. that EastLindseyisinthemostdeprived 25%oflocal revealing same asinthe2004/05monitoring report, 8.18 2004/05). M spend inLincolnshire wasspentincoastal areas (East indicated thatapproximately 18%oftheday visitor by Muchoftheincrease isdueto increased spend 2003. to has beenaslightincrease invisitor spendfrom 2004 8.17 wyas Unemployment rates inthecoastal areas ew years. oastal areas in the winter (January) andsummer oastal areas inthewinter (January) opulation Survey data at the local authority level dataatthelocalauthority opulation Survey ugust, reflecting the seasonality ofemployment. theseasonality reflecting ugust, 876 704 idlands SpatialStrategy AnnualMonitoring Report

05i iclsie althoughstillbelow thatfor 2005 inLincolnshire, 46 a iios The Lincolnshire Tourism Model2003 day visitors. To T T Although thenumberofjobs infood he IndexofDeprivation 2004remains the he STEAMmodelsuggeststhatoverall there

c ompare labour market performance in performance ompare labourmarket 66,451 18,062 1,133 3,339 7,114 2,607 2,312 959 532 68 65,188 18,058 1,240 3,237 7,019 2,454 2,549 876 627 55 to 2005 -19.1 17.9 10.3 -1.9 -3.1 -1.3 -5.9 -8.7 0.0 9.4 East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 145 0.8 3.0 -0.3 -1.1 25.4 1,500 1,659 1,556 4,715 18,578 374 298 305 977 25.9 3,769 51,669 29,812 23,551 1,858,204 Lincoln Policy Area Policy Lincoln 51,805 30,130 23,367 gets: r olicy Area eduction of deprivation than regional average regional than eduction of deprivation • Skegness Extreme Sports Centre Fen of Baston • Enhancement transport average than regional all greater r P 7 b: Ta Job creation,• and use of public floorspace new retail greater shows Index of Multiple Deprivation • Indicators: and use of public transport provision in Increase • Area New houses built in Policy • Area % change in jobs in Policy • in City floorspace Centre in retail Increase • of Multiple Deprivation Indices • Results: 1,803,659 372 247 344 963 25.9 3,723 50,700 30,636 24,500 Built 04-05 Built 05-06 Built 01-06 1,768,556 53,021 28,639 23,356 1,752,349 52,961 29,094 23,717 2001 jobs 2002 jobs 2003 jobs 2004* jobs 2005 jobs 2004 to 2005 % change 1,760,820 - Change in number of jobs - Housing Completions in Lincoln Policy Area Policy in Lincoln - Housing Completions est Lindsey North Kesteven W he indicators do not give a complete picture a complete do not give he indicators

T rt rt est Lindsey ntains many policies consistent with Policy 6 of with Policy policies consistent ntains many otal Policy Area otal Policy Lincoln North Kesteven W East Midlands T Lincolnshire % in policy whole county from area Pa City of Lincoln Pa co the Regional Spatial Strategy the Regional Spatial developed, strengthen setting out a blueprint to Urban Area as a Principal of Lincoln the role 6,specific objectives of Policy e.g: • Lincolnshire Wolds Project Wolds • Lincolnshire olicy Commentary able 8.8 able 8.7 Source: Business Inquiry Annual report monitoring that published in the previous from ONS and differs by * 2004 data has been revised T Source: Authorities Local T 8.20 is being implemented,of whether the Policy due to and the limitations of the data. focus their narrow Yet been actions have the following in the past year of the local authorities and a range carried out by partners: Structure Plan was adopted, Lincolnshire The • which P was Sub-Regional Strategy Area Policy Lincoln The • was established Action Zone Coastal The • Gainsborough has begun on the Masterplan Work • to contributed smaller projects• Numerous have 146 East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 y over thepastfive housing completions inLincolnshire, Around 25%of 977 compared to 963in2004/05. 8.22 except for housingprovision. of the relevant parts West Kesteven, LindseyandNorth been possibleto identifytheward level datacovering been provided for thesethree authoritiesasithasnot W 8.21 Data Analysis ODPM IEMdata, Source: Super OutputAreas (SOAs) are groupings ofCensus OutputAreas ofabout1,500population **Worst ofworst 10-30% 10%plusasmallproportion from*Measured average score ofSOAs T the mostdeprived SuperOutputAreas inthecountry. indicating thatinLincoln 29%ofthepopulationlived in inthe2004/05monitoring report, that reported 8.25 M c This small increase inemployment intheotherdistrict. intheLincolntwo Policy ofthedistricts area andonlya 2004 and2005there wasadeclineinemployment in 8.24 r 8.23 etail floor space in the city centre.etail floorspace inthecity ompares poorlywiththe3.0%increase intheEast as have beenintheLincoln Policy Area. ears, able 8.9 s ide n ot etvn Information has Kesteven. est LindseyandNorth idlands asawhole. A R c most deprived SOAs inthe population livinginthe Pr 1=mostdeprived) (of 354, ountry** ountry** ank from allLocal uthorities inEngland* oportion ofdistrict’soportion T T T T No dataiscurrently available onthechangein he level ofhousingcompletions in2005/06was he Lincoln Policy Area covers of Lincoln andparts he IndexofDeprivation 2004data isthesameas shows thatbetween he AnnualBusinessInquiry - IndexofMultipleDeprivation 2004 icl ot etvn West Lindsey Kesteven North Lincoln 29% 72 fo P 8.27 time. asitcannotmeasure changeover Multiple Deprivation, NoneoftheseincludetheIndex Strategy (SRS). 13 Policies Lincoln inthedraft Policy Area Sub-Regional limited analysisissupersededby indicators for allofthe 8.26 P • Access to anduseofICT improvements• Relevant transport Indicators: • Access to to broadband allareas extended • Increased useofICTinperipheral areas • Transport schemesimplemented Ta r accessibility toreduce willserve theproblems c Improvements infrastructure, intransport Eastern Sub-Area P elated totheperipherality ofthearea onnections through ports andmulti-modal through ports onnections olicy Area SRShasbeenproduced isasignificantstepolicy olicy Commentary olicy olicy 8: olicy rw r gets: ard inimplementingthisPolicy. As 2006)this RegionalPlan(September In thedraft

with Policy 7a, the very fact thattheLincoln fact thevery with Policy 7a, Ov ercoming Peripherality inthe 269 0% 164 9% East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 147 79.9 79.0 75.5 81.0 75.5 80.7 79.8 79.0 79.5 nnual Survey A opulation P Jan05-Dec05 71.4 75.8 69.2 71.7 69.8 80.1 75.9 73.6 76.1 May 2005 May Jun 2004- 76.3 70.5 70.1 72.7 67.7 74.2 80.4 73.2 76.1 May 2004 May Jun 2003- gets: r eduction of deprivation than regional average than regional eduction of deprivation anks and scores olicy 9: he policy a priority sets of the economic, social to be strengthened, are centres he Sub-regional Review r r 72.5 74.0 72.4 78.3 67.3 75.9 78.5 74.2 76.2 P of the NorthernRegeneration Sub area T Sub-area. of the regeneration and environmental T in other settlements,jobs & services provided and made a enhancement environmental partfundamental of regeneration Ta included in draft RSS Draft Sub-Regional Strategy • average than regional of increase Higher rate • greater shows Index of Multiple Deprivation • Indicators: activity in economic Increase rates • employment and Authority Local of Multiple Deprivation Indices • Results: May 2003 May Jun 2002- 68.0 73.3 69.4 69.8 71.9 74.7 73.6 71.6 76.3 May 2002 May Jun 2001- 78.5 70.7 68.4 71.7 67.1 71.6 76.5 72.3 76.0 May 2001 May Jun 2000- - Economic Activity Rate (percentage of working age population) Activity Rate (percentage - Economic Increased use of ICT has been deleted from the from use of ICT has been deleted Increased been A number of transport schemes have nsfield hfield be measured other than through policy other than through be measured erbyshire

idlands cal Transport cal Transport Plan process: e.g. ommentary As Bassetlaw Bolsover Chesterfield Ma Newark & Sherwood North East D Northern Sub Area East Midlands able 8.10 c broadband is nearly 100% throughout the East is nearly 100% throughout broadband M issues which need to be specified if this indicator is this indicator be specified if issues which need to to • As indicated in the economy section, in the economy indicated As • ICT to access 8.28 draft Regional Plan, an indicator. vague is too as it 8.29 implemented, as part monitored and these are of the Lo Bypass • Partney routes extended more • InterConnect to Source: Survey 4 Quarter Average Labour Force T Results, Commentary and Policy Data transport for improvements • No data is available of a range cover transportRelevant improvements • 148 East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 F ODPM IEMdata, Source: Super OutputAreas (SOAs) are groupings ofCensus OutputAreas ofabout1,500population from*Measured average score ofSOAs **Worst ofworst 10-30% 10%plusasmallproportion T LabourForce Average 4Quarter Survey Source: T able 8.12 able 8.11 igure 8.4 c deprived SOAs inthe living inthemost district’s population Pr 1=most deprived) England *(of354, R East Midlands SubArea Northern D East North Newark &Sherwood Ma Chesterfield Bolsover Bassetlaw As ountry ** ountry ank from allLAs in erbyshire oportion of oportion hfield nsfield - Index of Deprivation in the Northern SubArea - IndexofDeprivation intheNorthern - Employment Rates(percentage agepopulation) working - IndexofMultipleDeprivation sfedBselwBloe hsefedMnfed Newark Mansfield Chesterfield & Bolsover Bassetlaw Ashfield Jun 2000- May 2001 28% 79.8 77.0 81.1 75.4 71.5 78.4 74.6 74.2 83.4 66 Jun 2001- May 2002 25% 82 80.0 76.1 77.6 79.3 76.1 77.3 72.9 77.6 71.4 37% Jun 2002- May 2003 46 79.9 78.5 81.5 81.3 71.3 83.5 77.8 77.3 76.5 31% 73 Jun 2003- May 2004 79.7 77.1 84.3 76.2 72.1 77.6 74.1 74.0 81.0 43% 33 Jun 2004- May 2005 Sherwood 79.5 77.4 77.9 82.3 73.1 74.5 74.0 81.4 76.8 15% 143 0081,2004 100038615, A Regional East Midlands rights reserved. Copyr © Crown ODPM IMDdata, Source: Areas. are SuperOutput T deprivation. indicates more colour A darker he areas shown ssembly, Jan05-Dec05 P Derbyshire North East North gt All ight. opulation A Survey nnual 75.8 12% 74.7 76.4 78.5 68.9 76.5 69.4 76.0 75.4 151 East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 149 Spatial Priorities for Development for Spatial Priorities he Peak District National Park Authority District National Park he Peak 28% of residential dwellings completed over completed dwellings 28% of residential T ersion of agricultural buildings were to be to buildings were ersion of agricultural gets: r nv olicy 10: figure equates to approximately 25% of total stock) 25% of total approximately to equates figure industries ear in the National Park. In 2005/06, 47 out of 71 ears the average rate of completion has been 110 of completion rate ears the average ommitments were put forward by social housing put forward by ommitments were esidential dwelling commitments (66%) had an commitments esidential dwelling estriction.The proportion 2005/06 was 39%. for Two Indicators: r occupancy restriction attached. 36 of the c providers. per annum. built in 2005/06, were 109 new dwellings land. developed on previously of which 42% were If co be would of dwellings ‘brownfield’,78% included as land. developed on previously 8.37 an occupancy been tied to have the past 15 years r elderly housing schemes (10 units) for affordable in 2005/06. completed people were Surveys of local suggest in the National Park authorities with areas a dwellings 50 new affordable is a need for that there y P Sub-Area in the Peak and conservation the Plans should secure District Park; National Peak of the enhancement to business and attention policies should pay housing provision.affordable Emphasis should be transport non-car and public access on improving Ta • None built (regional houses Number of new affordable • rates • Employment • Visitor spending Number of jobs,• particularly creative to related Results: 8.36 Annual Housing Report 2006 (www.peakdistrict.gov.uk/ahr-1.pdf) that there shows and (residential 17,600 dwellings an estimated are units) in the National Park.holiday last five In the y he APS data shows that,he APS data shows of with the exception that in 2004 shows he Index of Deprivation he Index of Multiple Deprivation cannot at he Index of Multiple Deprivation he draft Northern has Sub-Regional Strategy Employment rate data shows that the Northern that data shows rate Employment Although time series data is reportedAlthough time series for T T T T y 2005 the Labour Force Survey (LFS) has been y 2005 the Labour Force be taken the APS data with that in comparing

idlands as a whole. olicy Commentary opulation SurveyLFS) the to (the successor (APS) egion as a whole, the period 2001-05 and both for or the last year (using APS data).Thisor the last year is consistent 8.32 from the LFS. from 8.31 and Mansfield,Bolsover the local authorities in the activityNorthern and rates have Sub-area the East that for similar to rates employment M local the Northern seven out of the five Sub-area authority districts 25% most deprived in the top are local authorities in England. f with the target, much of although it is unclear how in-migration, be due to this may as the same period population growth.The increased showed greater been in proportion generally to have improvements activity in 2001,lower rates although Chesterfield and Newark and Sherwood had the greatest improvements. (NB.The is less strong relationship 2001-2005 LFS data only). when considering 8.35 are time and the results over change show present last year. unchanged from Sub-area has shown greater improvement than the improvement greater has shown Sub-area r P 8.33 and is included in the draft been prepared now Regional Plan. 8.34 economic activity rates and employment rates, activityeconomic and employment rates care data as two the be takenneeds to when interpreting used. been have sources different end of until the Up Ma the whole of 2005 the Annual used and for P collecting methodology for which uses a different data has been used.Thus the although in most cases in activity an increase this is largely data shows rates being used. data sets different due to The the Northern data for as a Sub-area rate employment a slight decrease,whole shows needs but again care to 8.30 Data Analysis Data 150 East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 money theoverall average pervisitor was£9.65(£3.30for day visitors and£25.72for staying visitors). ofvisitors didnotspendany becausealarge proportion However, visitor £5.21andstaying visitor £29.37). the average amountofmoneyspentby avisitor perday (day andstaying) whospentmoney was£13.73(day 8.38 STEAMModelwww.eastmidlandstourism.co.uk Source: T * 2004datahasbeenrevised by ONSanddiffers from thatpublishedintheprevious monitoring report Annual BusinessInquiry Source: T average agepeople4quarter *LFS Jun2004-May 2005%working APSJan-Dec05 Source: T able 8.15 able 8.14 able 8.13 East Midlands High Peak D Av Number ofday visitors (millions) Spend by day visitors (millions) Av Number ofoverseas anddomesticstaying visitors (millions) Spend by overseas anddomesticstaying visitors (millions) Av T To East Midlands High Peak D otal tourist Numbers(millions) erbyshire Dales erbyshire Dales tal Tourism Spend(£millions) erage Spendperday visitor erage Spendperstaying visitor (£) erage Spendpervisitor (£) T he Peak NationalPark District 2005(www.peakdistrict.gov.uk/visitorsurvey.pdf) Survey foundVisitor that - Tourist Visitors andSpendinPeak andDerbyshire District - Changeinnumberofjobs - Employment Rates T tljb 01Ttljb 04 oa os20 Changeinjobs% Total jobs2005 Total jobs2004* otal jobs2001 1,760,820 in employment 04-05* % working agepop. 32,850 31,110 1,803,659 76.1 77.4 82.5 30,341 30,839 0320 2005 2004 2003 866.98 131.77 420.36 25.96 33.39 35.18 36.58 1,287 3.19 % employed 05APS Jan-Dec 1,858,204 30,026 33,001 851.34 127.40 442.09 25.97 32.78 35.67 36.25 1,293 3.47 75.8 77.7 82.0 128.19 446.09 -1.0 3.0 7.0 25.94 32.35 839.3 35.86 35.83 1,285 3.48 East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 151 he social and economic needs of the Peak he social and economic Authority District National Park he Peak In addition to plans,In addition to partnerships and are have planned to are developments No new road With regards to provision for businesses, for provision to With regards the T T viewed to cover the period 2006 to 2011.Three period 2006 to the cover to viewed of amework for the National Park. for amework eak District National Park Authority undertakes Authority eak District National Park a onservation of the Park for future generations. future for onservation of the Park affordable for the RSS target above ondition is now re conserve the need to and enhance these recognise the National Park. However, expect to it is reasonable will vary among of the National Park that recognition of the Park the extent to of coverage plans according areas.Thewithin their respective publication of the the Peak Management Plan for new National Park District further in 2007 will place on the emphasis ensure partners to together need for work to c 8.43 District, aid conservation the Peak of being set up to Transport Integrated including the South Pennines (SPITS),Strategy and Project the Future the Moors for transportlocal rural partnerships. 8.44 in addressed be also need to District National Park its geography. that cover plans and strategies Several partnerships these address to exist that attempt issues, and the Peak Action Zone including the Rural District Housing Forum. Rural 8.45 on an the Park in housing development monitors of supply is assess if the pattern annual basis to meet local need without causing undue sufficient to the area.damage to National Park, In the annual the notional 50 above remain completions dwelling Regional Spatial Strategy. identified in the current during high number of completions the Due to 2005/06 that had restricted occupancy, the average an occupancy with completions of dwelling figure c 25% of approximately to housing which equates development. 8.46 P to survey basis in order of businesses on a 5 yearly new premises.Theidentify need for findings of the Development survey the Local will inform Fr 8.47 at present. the National Park direct around traffic and Mottram around build a bypass Plans to large the due to been delayed Tintwistle have number of objections received.The Inquiry Public is 2007. in May commence due to now ely due to the ely due to o sources of information have been used to have of information o sources here are a host of plans and strategies are here Tw Employment rates in the High Peak and in the High Peak rates Employment Although there is no specific number of Although there T ring the Peak Sub-area,ring the Peak either in part or as a the spend per stay and the other to the daily spend and the other to the spend per stay rk Authority is ensuring that the organisations rk Authority erestimates the numbers and spend in the Peak erestimates ve erage spend for staying visitors between the two between visitors staying spend for erage

idlands. is again time over Comparison viewed or are currently under review.The currently or are viewed National erbyshire Dales are above that for the East that for above are Dales erbyshire olicy Commentary eak District. he ABI data shows that between 2004 and 2005, that between he ABI data shows omplicated by the move to the APS from the LFS. the APS from to the move by omplicated ourism Economic Activity provides Monitor) ourism Economic accommodation costs incurred. costs accommodation co whole. help to to required of these plans are All of the the conservation and enhancement secure National Park. been either recently have Many re 8.42 Pa in the production of the plans and involved of the National Park’s made aware are strategies special status when required.Transport six Local All been recently have the Park Plans that cover P employment in Derbyshire Dales grew by 7.0% while 7.0% by Dales grew in Derbyshire employment 1.0%. by fell that in the High Peak 8.41 D M c T 8.40 affordable houses given in the data, houses given affordable the implications with the data and the number of houses from occupancy being progress restrictions demonstrate housing in the affordable providing made towards P 8.39 Data Analysis Data per day. visitors is that staying What is apparent the 2005 survey to spend approximately according visitors, than day times more five larg look at the number of visitors to the Peak District and the Peak to look at the number of visitors spend.visitor STEAM model (Scarborough The T 2003, for estimates 2004 and 2005. However, it covers District county and therefore and Derbyshire the Peak ov District. spend that the average What it suggests is fairly constant. has remained per visitor data The Survey suggests District National Park the Peak from in than is estimated visitors day spend by much lower the STEAM model. the between relationship The av refers as one unravel difficult to is more data sources to 152 East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 • See • See below Results Numberofnewjobscreated • • Visitor spending Full timeemployment rates • • Number ofnewaffordable housesbuilt(regional 9.0% (HighPeak) and12.0%(Derbyshire Dales)oftotal jobsinthelocaleconomies. approximately, industries inbothDerbyshire DalesandHighPeak andthattheseindustriesaccount for between, 8.50 Data Analysis * 2004datahasbeenrevised by ONSanddiffers from thatpublishedintheprevious monitoring report NOMIS Source: T relates there isnodataprovidedwhich thispolicy 8.48 Data Analysis andPolicy Commentary Ta environment istoberespected highquality nearby conurbations.The encouraging in-migration andcommuting to rather than housing andemployment, T outside thePeak NationalPark District P Indicators: figure equates to approximately 25%oftotal stock) here isaconcentration onlocalneedsfor able 8.16 olicy 11: olicy East Midlands High Peak D r gets: erbyshire Dales T Due to theneedfor adefinitionofthearea to he ABIdatashows thatbetween 2004and2005there wasanincrease inemployment intourism related • None Spatial Priorities forDevelopment - Employment in Tourism RelatedIndustries 126,995 0120 032004* 2005 % 2003 change 2001 2002 2,800 4,155 133,963 2,150 3,346 132,987 3,152 4,570 135,554 here. provision ofandaccess to employment isrelevant c dataandpolicy However, specifically for thispolicy. t 8.49 Results: • Numberofjobsintourism related activities • inareasNumber ofnewvisitor attractions • Numberofvisitors andamountofspendpervisitor • None Ta Park and toeasepressures inthePeak National District accordance withsustainabledevelopment criteria T P the Peak SubArea Indicators: ourist visitor numbersandspend. ommentary presented for Policyommentary 10above on immediately outsidetheNationalPark he aim of this policy isfor management in he aimofthispolicy olicy 12: olicy 2,388 3,677 r gets: S ee the results for policy 10aboveee theresults for policy thatcover 141,858 2,607 3,864 Managing Tourism and Visitors in 04-05 4.7 9.2 5.1 are intourism2005 % alljobswhich 11.7 7.6 8.9 East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 153 917 416 506 252 713 270 468 163 412 127 1,147 1,389 dditional dwellings* dditional dwellings* change of use) 05/06 A 708 net change in stock (new build,(new and conversion elopment in the Three Cities elopment in the v De 887 292 777 162 920 206 591 124 309 149 252 1,044 1,277 gets: r olicy Area eduction of deprivation than regional average than regional eduction of deprivation olicy 15: transport average than regional all greater r P Super Output based on most deprived or figures Areas Sub-area qualities of the area without damaging it. without damaging the area qualities of P Plans should support regeneration the continued of Derby, Nottingham, and Leicester and maintain economic, their and strengthen and commercial roles.cultural of levels appropriate Elsewhere within and be located should development adjoining settlements. associated Development with East Midlands Airport be focussed should urban areas possible in surrounding where Ta Job creation,• and use of public floorspace new retail greater shows Index of Multiple Deprivation • Indicators: Area • Number of new houses built in Policy and use of public transport provision in Increase • Area • % change in jobs in Policy in City floorspace Centre in retail • % increase of Multiple Deprivation;Indices • and scores LA ranks Results: dditional dwellings* dditional dwellings* change of use) 04/05 A (new build,(new and conversion - New Housing Developed - New Housing Developed here are also various award schemes set up for schemes award also various are here In addition to plans,In addition to partnerships been set have Plans and strategies covering the Peak Sub-area the Peak covering Plans and strategies T elton erby tnership.They the revenue increase to work eicester are of the special needs of the National Park.Theare ensure conservation of the area for future for conservation of the area ensure r rk Authority, as a member of both these groups, D Amber Valley South Derbyshire L Blaby Charnwood Harborough Hinckley & Bosworth M North West Leicestershire Wigston & Oadby Erewash Nottingham

olicy Commentary able 8.17 und, Quality Mark and Skills Environmental for produced by tourism for the local economy and the local economy for tourism by produced of the visitor.The the experience improve National Pa generations. 8.52 in the and manage tourism promote to up in order area, DistrictVisit and the Peak Peak example for District Destination Management and Derbyshire Pa the conservation of the Park. for the voice provides 8.53 Sustainable Business.These help schemes aim to the special based around develop businesses to businesses in and around the Park,businesses in and around example New for Economy,Environmental Sustainable Development F T are required to help manage tourism in the area so in the area tourism help manage to required are health of the community is that the economic the damage to without causing promoted environment.The to works Authority National Park in the involved that the organisations ensure made are productionstrategies of the plans and aw Management National Park publication of the new District further will place in 2007 the Peak Plan for partners together emphasis on the need for work to to 8.51 P 154 East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 T conversions andchangesofuse) * figures shown are gross completions (excludes lossesthrough demolitions, Local Authorities Source: T * 2004datahasbeenrevised by ONSanddiffers from thatpublishedintheprevious monitoring report Annual BusinessInquiry Source: able 8.18 able 8.17 3 Cities 3 CitiesNottingham 3 CitiesLeicester 3 CitiesDerby Rushcliffe G Broxtowe East Midlands 3 CitiesSubArea 3 CitiesNottingham 3 CitiesLeicester 3 CitiesDerby South Derbyshire Rushcliffe Oadby & Wigston Nottingham L WestNorth M L &Bosworth Hinckley Harborough G Erewash D Charnwood Broxtowe Blaby Amber Valley eicestershire eicester edling edling erby elton - Continued - Changeinthenumberofjobs Number ofjobs 2001 1,760,820 904,268 317,735 392,734 193,799 179,914 158,981 118,546 21,511 35,146 17,057 42,542 17,474 38,575 28,979 32,671 38,743 54,624 31,260 34,502 53,742 nwbid conversion and (new build, Number ofjobs A change ofuse)04/05 dditional dwellings* 2004* 1,803,659 930,202 318,911 416,294 193,319 182,071 158,270 116,502 29,160 38,498 18,117 46,990 18,180 40,455 33,308 27,796 33,384 59,504 33,384 41,470 47,657 8,077 2,616 3,505 1,956 Number ofJobs 483 259 345 2005 1,858,204 960,485 332,823 425,250 199,738 184,911 159,556 121,161 30,326 43,169 18,848 48,357 19,193 40,916 34,049 29,967 35,329 58,741 35,329 45,589 48,251 nwbid conversion and (new build, A change ofuse)05/06 dditional dwellings* % change2004/05 8,453 3,062 3,552 1,839 12.1 322 263 380 -1.3 3.0 5.8 9.9 1.2 3.3 4.4 2.6 3.3 4.0 4.0 1.6 2.9 5.6 0.8 1.1 2.2 7.8 5.8 4.0 East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 155 3.2 3.4 0.5 9% 4% 0% 3% 0% 0% 0% 4% 0% 4% 0% -8.0 -1.3 -2.1 32% 41% 12% 63% -10.0 2001 496 714 768 741 1,544 1,370 3,655 oportion of district’s population living in population oportion of district’s the most deprived SOAs in the country** in SOAs the most deprived Pr 568 705 752 822 1,612 1,377 3,811 7 69 31 152 213 318 257 336 278 294 196 300 148 194 310 551 692 743 805 1,564 1,363 3,732 (of 354, 1=most deprived) ank from all LAs * in England ank from R oorspace 2001 oorspace 2004 Floorspace 2005 Floorspace % change since Fl - Index of Multiple Deprivation - Retail Floorspace Local Authority Area(1,000 sq metres) Local - Retail Floorspace elton erby erby eicester eicestershire eicester Amber Valley D South Derbyshire Blaby L Charnwood Harborough Hinckley & Bosworth M North West L Wigston and Oadby Erewash Broxtowe Rushcliffe Nottingham D L Nottingham 3 Cities Derby 3 Cities Leicester 3 Cities Nottingham Total 3 Cities able 8.20 able 8.19 able 8.19 *Measured from average score of SOAs **Worst 10% plus a small proportion 10-30% of worst **Worst of SOAs score average *Measured from of consist of about 1,500 population (areas Output Areas of Census groupings are (SOAs) Super Output Areas whole districts) Source: IMD data, ODPM Source: Statistics Neighbourhood T T 156 East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 c 8.58 P 8.55 8,453 in2005/06. Cities Sub-area increased from 8,077in2004/05to 8.54 Data Analysis F area ofhigh deprivation. beingan withNottinghaminparticular deprivation, that itisthecitieswhichrank highlyinterms of 8.57 2001 and2005. of approximately 2%(77,000sqmetres) between Sub-area there has beenadeclineinretail floorspace This shows thatfor the Three Cities areas. authority av ce 8.56 growth inemployment intheEastMidlands. compared to 3.0% the highestgrowth of4.4%, with Three CitiesNottinghamhaving 2004 and2005, has seenagrowth inemployment of3.3%between netae rudteTreCte.Completions oncentrated around the Three Cities. igure 8.5 olicy Commentary olicy ailable onthechangeinfloorspace inlocal te sntcretyaalbe However datais ntres isnot currently available. T T Housing development continues to be Ac Information onthechangeinfloorspace incity he numberofnewhousesbuiltinthe Three he IndexofMultipleDeprivation 2004shows co r igt B aa the Three CitiesSub-area ding to ABIdata, - IndexofDeprivation inthe3CitiesSubArea Broadmarsh centre to commence isexpected in theredevelopment ofthe InNottingham, of 2007. to becomplete isexpected by the end seat cinema, have 68,000sqmetres ofretail floorspace anda2,500 Ce InDerby City development openin2008. isexpected includinganewJohnLewis store.This floorspace, which willprovide 53,754sqmetres ofadditional inLeicester (theHighcrossShires Quarter) extension F major retail developments are currently underway. itshouldbenoted that the Three CitiesSub-area, between 2001and2005shows asmalldeclinewithin 8.59 studiesforurban capacity the Three CitiesPUAs. Funding hasalsobeenawarded out to carry housing. ofnew thedelivery fundingtoinfrastructure support New Growth Points whichwillbringadditional theGovernment designated the Three Citiesas 2006, InOctober withinthe opportunities Three Cities. Th new housingwithinthePrincipal UrbanAreas (PUAs). 2006)proposes(September asignificantincrease in L whole during2005/06butespeciallywithinDerby, have increased inthe Three CitiesSub-area asa or example, construction iswell construction advanced onthe or example, RegionalPlan draft eicester andNottingham.The is acknowledges thescaleofurbanregeneration is acknowledges tete£3mWsfeddvlpet whichwill ntre the£330m Westfield development, Although thedataonretail floorspace change 0081,2004 100038615, A Regional East Midlands rights reserved. Copyr © Crown ODPM IMDdata, Source: Areas are SuperOutput T deprivation. indicates more colour A darker he areas shown ssembly, gt All ight. East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 157 part of the Regional Funding Allocation part of the Regional Funding cal Transport

Lo As rnment in January 2006, ch 2006. recommended guidance LTP r ve sembly developed a conformity checklist. a conformity sembly developed was This ansport the Regional and consequently Strategies ansport Plans (LTPs) at the end of ansport Plans (LTPs) olicy Commentary uthorities submitted he prioritisation ompleted by all the East Midlands LTP authorities all the East Midlands by LTP ompleted 43. with Policy onforms that LTP’s demonstrate conformity with Regional conformity demonstrate that LTP’s Tr As c and includes commentary their LTP on how c P 8.62 process, transport on regional advice priorities to 2016 was submitted to through Go was fully and the advice in July 2006. accepted T methodology includes scoring against the sub- objectives in area policy 43 of the Regional Spatial Strategy. It is likely a further of the iteration prioritisation will be process undertaken in 2008. 8.63 Ma their full second Local their full second Tr A iorities for the Management of iorities for the Management Sub-area Transport ObjectivesSub-area Transport Pr here are currently no indicators for this policy for no indicators currently are here In 2006, had beaches only one of Lincolnshire’s T gets: gets: cal authorities should have regard to sub-area regard cal authorities should have cal Authorities and other agencies should cal Authorities r r olicy 43: olicy 35: and Recreation Targets and Recreation transport objectives when drawing up their LTPs transport when drawing objectives and LDDs. Ta • None Indicators: • None Analysis Results and Data 8.61 P Lo the Lincolnshire Coast the Lincolnshire Lo co-operation effective for arrangements identify Coast to manage the Lincolnshire Ta beaches in Blue Flag • Increase Habitat Management meet Regional Biodiversity To • Indicators: flag beaches Number of blue • importance of biodiversity Change in areas • Analysis Results and Data 8.60 a blue flag. report monitoring 2004/05 regional The beaches had of East Lindsey’s that all three indicated blue flags. a at is not available on biodiversity Data local level; in the data is provided regional section. environment P 2007, in comparison a net increase providing 40,000 sq of approximately shopping floorspace metres. It in 2011/12. complete should be APPENDIX 1 data sources and references

This section outlines the sources for the data used throughout the report.Where available web references have been included, in some instances to specified documents and in others to a general website for a particular organisation. Section 3 - Housing: • Local Authorities, 2006 • HM Land Registry, 2006 http://www.landregistry.gov.uk/propertyprice/interactive/ • CLG Planning Statistics http://www.communities.gov.uk/index.asp?id=1146082 • Home Office 2005/06 http://www.homeoffice.gov.uk/rds/crimeew0506.html • ASHE 2005 Gross Annual Earnings of Residents http://www.statistics.gov.uk/StatBase/Product.asp?vlnk=14203

Section 4 - Economy: • Local Authorities, 2006 • NLUD National Land Use Database http://www.nlud.org.uk/draft_one/results/results_2005.htm • Annual Population Survey (Labour Force Survey) www.nomisweb.co.uk • Defra http://www.defra.gov.uk/rural/ruralstats/rural-definition.htm • Index of Multiple Deprivation http://www.communities.gov.uk/index.asp?id=1128440 • Neighbourhood Statistics http://neighbourhood.statistics.gov.uk • CLG Planning Statistics http://www.communities.gov.uk/index.asp?id=1146082 • IGGI Town Centre Retail http://www.iggi.gov.uk/towncent/ • NOMIS VAT registrations data 2005 www.nomisweb.co.uk • Annual Business Inquiry www.nomisweb.co.uk Annual Monitoring ReportAnnual Monitoring 2005/06 • STEAM Tourism Data http://www.eastmidlandstourism.co.uk/text.asp?PageId=123 East Midlands Regional Spatial Strategy East Midlands Regional Spatial 158 East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 159 eTreatmentCapacityStudyPart1_031204.pdf t/statistics/wastats/wdf.htm emda ion 6 - Minerals, Management: Waste Production and Aggregate tion 5 - Natural and Cultural Resources: Cultural and tion 5 - Natural ct c Se Authorities,• Local 2006 Party Survey,Working 2004 • East Midlands Aggregates in England, Provision Aggregates Regional Guidelines for and National 2001-2016 • CLG http://www.communities.gov.uk/index.asp?id=1144267 2006 Survey Management Waste Municipal • Defra http://www.defra.gov.uk/environmen • C&I survey 2002/03 • C&I survey of arisings and use of construction and demolition waste • Survey http://www.communities.gov.uk/?id=1145756 Report EMRA Consulting for 2004 • Environs http://www.emra.gov.uk/waste/Documents/EMidsWast SLR Consulting EMRA for by Planning Guidance Waste • http://www.emra.gov.uk/regionalplan/documents/Waste_Planning_Guidance.pdf • Local Authorities,• Local 2006 Indicator Birds Wild • Defra http://www.defra.gov.uk/environment/statistics/wildlife/research/rwbi.htm Forest • National http://www.nationalforest.org • English Heritage 2006 http://www.english-heritage.org.uk/hc2006/ Trends • Energy http://www.dti.gov.uk/energy/statistics/publications/trends/index.htm Agency,• Environment 2006 http://www.environment-agency.gov.uk England SSSI • Natural http://www.english-nature.org.uk/special/sssi/reportIndex.cfm risk map • Flood Se • Broadband OVUM 2005 for DTI 2005 for OVUM • Broadband www.dti.gov.uk Office Property Reports Valuation • www.voa.gov.uk 160 East Midlands Regional Spatial StrategyAnnual Monitoring Report 2005/06 www.blueflag.org • BlueFlag http://neighbourhood.statistics.gov.uk • NeighbourhoodStatistics www.nomisweb.co.uk • Annual Population Survey (LabourForce Survey) www.nomisweb.co.uk • Annual BusinessInquiry http://www.communities.gov.uk/index.asp?id=1128440 • Index ofMultipleDeprivation http://www.eastmidlandstourism.co.uk/text.asp?PageId=123 • STEAM Tourism Data www.nomisweb.co.uk • NOMISclaimant count http://www.ruralcommunities.gov.uk/article.asp?aID=57&pID=2 Series. Rural Services 2005. • SERRL, 2006 • Local Authorities, Se http://www.dft.gov.uk/stellent/groups/dft_control/do • DfT Transport Statistics 2006 http://www.sra.gov.uk/ • Strategic Authority Rail http://www.caa.co.uk/default.aspx?categoryid=80&pagetype=88&pageid=3&sglid=3 • CivilAviation Authority 2006 • Local Authorities, Se c c tion 8-Sub-Areas tion 7- Transport: cuments/contentservertemplate/dft_index.hcst?n=6875&l=1 East Midlands Regional Assembly First Floor Suite Council Offices Nottingham Road Melton Mowbray Leicestershire East Midlands LE13 0UL Photography - EMRA is grateful to partners for allowing Tel: 01664 502555 the use of photographs in this publication. Fax: 01664 568201 This document is printed on recycled paper. Email: [email protected] Web: www.emra.gov.uk Designed and produced in the East Midlands by ISBN: 1-905136-09-9 978-1-905136-16-2 Rich Designs. Tel: 01623 741 741.